{"title":"Survival \/ Storage Garden","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis collection focuses on crops commonly grown for drying, curing, canning, freezing, fermenting, or longer household storage. It includes beans, grains, winter squash, roots, and other productive garden staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStorage success depends on variety, harvest timing, curing, humidity, temperature, pests, and safe food-preservation practices. Review individual product details and trusted preservation guidance before relying on a crop for long-term storage.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"sweet-peas-royal-family-mixed-lathyrus-odoratus","title":"Sweet Peas Seeds - Royal Family Mixed","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoyal Family Mixed Sweet pea seeds produce mixed bloom on 73–96 in vining\/climbing plants. Annual growth and Spring\/Summer bloom make it useful for fragrant cut flowers, trellises, cool-season gardens, and ornamental seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Royal Family Mixed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoyal Family Mixed is an annual sweet pea with mixed color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: Flower or head form characteristic of Royal Family Mixed; mature plant 73–96 in. Botanically it is Lathyrus odoratus. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-14 Days at 55–70 °F. Best for fragrant cut flowers, trellises, cool-season gardens, and ornamental seed saving. Ornamental only; sweet-pea seeds and pods are not edible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet pea, Lathyrus odoratus, is native to the Mediterranean region and has been bred for centuries for fragrance, color, stem length, and flower form. Tall strains require support, while Bijou represents a compact habit. Sweet pea is ornamental: its seeds and pods are not edible and should not be confused with garden peas. A complete public breeder or release record for the named Royal Family Mixed strain has not been located. The cultivar name is retained, but no person, community, date, or place of origin is assigned without reliable documentation. Royal Family Mixed sweet peas offer a richly colored blend of large, fragrant blooms on vigorous climbing vines, bringing romance and fragrance to the garden. These Sweet Peas Seeds - Royal Family Mixed produce elegant flowers in a wide range of tones, making them ideal for trellises, fences, arches, and cut-flower gardens. With excellent bouquet value and timeless cottage-garden appeal, this mix is a treasured choice for gardeners who love scented flowers. Sweet Peas Seeds - Royal Family Mixed belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eLathyrus odoratus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 55–70 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.5–7.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Royal Family Mixed from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Royal Family Mixed Sweet pea\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Lathyrus odoratus. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 55–70 °F. Expected emergence: 7-14 Days. Sow in cool conditions. A short soak can help dry seed hydrate, but discard damaged seed and avoid prolonged waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Spring\/Fall. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.5–7.0. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a longer display of Royal Family Mixed, remove spent blooms unless seed is being saved. Give the plant its listed spacing, cut flowers with clean tools, and leave selected heads to mature fully for seed. Expected emergence is 7-14 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoyal Family Mixed is suited to fragrant cut flowers, trellises, cool-season gardens, and ornamental seed saving. Its mixed flowers and 73–96 in stature help determine whether it belongs in a border, cutting row, container, meadow edge, or restoration-style planting. Ornamental only; sweet-pea seeds and pods are not edible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoyal Family Mixed contains more than one genetic line or species. Seed collected from the planting will not reproduce the original packet proportions. If saving seed, identify species separately, prevent unwanted crossing where possible, harvest only fully mature seed, dry thoroughly, and label each lot by species, year, and source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: damping-off from saturated media; poor emergence from wrong temperature or depth; leggy seedlings from weak light; crowding and weak airflow; lodging in wind or rain; feeding damage from slugs, caterpillars, beetles, or mammals; foliar disease under prolonged leaf wetness; heat stress and shortened bloom in hot weather. Management: use clean media, the sowing depth and temperature, strong light, appropriate thinning, and morning irrigation at soil level. Match support to plant height before wind becomes a problem. Inspect regularly and use the least disruptive control appropriate to the pest, plant, and pollinator setting. Remove diseased debris and rotate annual flower beds where recurring disease is severe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Royal Family Mixed ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from sowing to the primary bloom or market stage used for the listed maturity range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-14 Days near 55–70 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a deep container only with reliable drainage and the listed trellis or vertical support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary role: Fragrant cut flowers, trellises, cool-season gardens, and ornamental seed saving. Ornamental only; sweet-pea seeds and pods are not edible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045978652974,"sku":"SW1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/sweet-peas-royal-family-mixed-3-all-flowers-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sw1-899126.jpg?v=1767990456"},{"product_id":"gourds-ornamental-mixed","title":"Small Ornamental Gourd Seeds for Vibrant Displays","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Ornamental Gourd Mix seeds produce mixed ornamental gourd whose size varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. grown chiefly for form, rind color, drying, and craft use Small Ornamental Gourd Seeds produce beautiful assortment of small gourds in various shapes and colors for festive fall decoration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Small Ornamental Gourd Mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall Ornamental Gourd Mix is an annual ornamental gourd with mixed color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Botanically it is Cucurbita pepo L. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Grown chiefly for form, rind color, drying, and craft use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall Ornamental Gourd Mix circulates as a named ornamental gourd within the cultivated history of Cucurbita pepo L. Seed sold as Small Ornamental Gourd Mix is identified by its mixed color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. A carnival of miniature color and shape. ‘Small Ornamental Mixed Gourds’ produce a striking range of compact fruits in bright shades of orange, green, yellow, white, and gold. Small Ornamental Gourd Seeds for Vibrant Displays belongs to a crop lineage strongly associated with Mesoamerican agriculture and long traditions of seed selection. Growers preserved useful traits such as flavor, color, yield, field adaptation, and culinary value over many generations. Uses and Benefits: Small Ornamental Mixed Gourds (Cucurbitaceae spp.) include a variety of small gourd types. The component list can vary by lot, so keep the supplier label with the packet and compare it before repacking or saving seed from the mixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Small Ornamental Gourd Mix from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Small Ornamental Gourd Mix\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita pepo L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 24 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Small Ornamental Gourd Mix enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall Ornamental Gourd Mix is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. Grown chiefly for form, rind color, drying, and craft use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Small Ornamental Gourd Mix Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Small Ornamental Gourd Mix for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Small Ornamental Gourd Mix ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Grown chiefly for form, rind color, drying, and craft use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045982781742,"sku":"GD2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/gourd-seeds-small-ornamental-mixed-gourds-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-gd2-82781742-6017758.jpg?v=1767990444"},{"product_id":"sunflower-mammoth-helianthus-annuus","title":"Sunflower Seeds - Mammoth Grey Stripe","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMammoth Grey Stripe Sunflower seeds produce yellow bloom on 97–120 in upright\/erect plants. Annual growth and Summer\/Fall bloom make it useful for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mammoth Grey Stripe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Grey Stripe is an annual sunflower with yellow color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Flower or head form characteristic of Mammoth Grey Stripe; mature plant 97–120 in. Botanically it is Helianthus annuus. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-14 Days at 65–80 °F. Best for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunflower, Helianthus annuus, originated in North America and was cultivated by Native peoples for food, oil, dye, and other uses before its spread around the world. Modern named garden strains emphasize differences in plant height, branching, ray color, head form, seed size, and days to bloom. Public records do not document a single breeder for every catalog name, so the named strain is retained without adding an unsupported release story. A complete public breeder or release record for the named Mammoth Grey Stripe strain has not been located. The cultivar name is retained, but no person, community, date, or place of origin is assigned without reliable documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eHelianthus annuus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Mammoth Grey Stripe from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Mammoth Grey Stripe Sunflower\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Helianthus annuus. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 65–80 °F. Expected emergence: 7-14 Days. Use clean seed-starting conditions, the listed depth and temperature, and steady moisture without saturation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 12 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a longer display of Mammoth Grey Stripe, remove spent blooms unless seed is being saved. Give the plant its listed spacing, cut flowers with clean tools, and leave selected heads to mature fully for seed. Expected emergence is 7-14 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMammoth Grey Stripe is suited to sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Its yellow flowers and 97–120 in stature help determine whether it belongs in a border, cutting row, container, meadow edge, or restoration-style planting. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSave seed from several healthy, true-to-type Mammoth Grey Stripe plants identified before harvest. Confirm the pollination system of Helianthus annuus, separate compatible varieties that flower together, and remove clear off-types before they shed pollen or seed. Allow fruit, pods, ears, or seed heads to reach full biological maturity, then clean and dry the seed completely. Label the lot with variety, source, year, isolation method, number of seed plants, and any selection notes; store it cool, dark, and dry and test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: damping-off from saturated media; poor emergence from wrong temperature or depth; leggy seedlings from weak light; crowding and weak airflow; lodging in wind or rain; feeding damage from slugs, caterpillars, beetles, or mammals; foliar disease under prolonged leaf wetness; bird or squirrel feeding on maturing heads; stem lodging on giant plants. Management: use clean media, the sowing depth and temperature, strong light, appropriate thinning, and morning irrigation at soil level. Match support to plant height before wind becomes a problem. Inspect regularly and use the least disruptive control appropriate to the pest, plant, and pollinator setting. Remove diseased debris and rotate annual flower beds where recurring disease is severe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Mammoth Grey Stripe ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from sowing to the primary bloom or market stage used for the listed maturity range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-14 Days near 65–80 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in the ground; a container would need to be exceptionally large, heavy, and stable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary role: Sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e50 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045985730862,"sku":"FL12","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/sunflower-seeds-mammoth-grey-stripe-flower-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-fl12-85730862-8677449.jpg?v=1774054435"},{"product_id":"corn-golden-bantam-8-row-sweet","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Golden Bantam 8 Row","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row Sweet corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. The yellow kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is classified as sweet corn with yellow harvest color with 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows, selected for fresh summer eating, blanching, freezing, and home-garden sweet corn harvests.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Golden Bantam 8 Row\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row is an annual sweet corn with yellow color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 70-79 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam became one of the best-known yellow sweet corns of the early twentieth century and helped establish yellow kernels as desirable in American fresh-market sweet corn. University and cultivar records document the compact eight-row ears, rich old-fashioned sweet-corn flavor, and long garden history. The named cultivar belongs to the later commercial and home-garden history of sweet corn, while maize itself was domesticated and diversified by Indigenous farmers in the Americas long before the cultivar was named. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance. For gardeners who value heritage crops, classic flavor, and reliable summer harvests, this sweet corn remains a timeless and rewarding choice. This variety fits within that long seedkeeping history, where kernel color, ear form, maturity, and field performance were preserved through careful selection over generations. Uses and Benefits: Golden Bantam Corn (Zea mays) is a classic heirloom variety known for its sweet, yellow kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Golden Bantam 8 Row from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Golden Bantam 8 Row Sweet corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Golden Bantam 8 Row in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 70-79 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 5.5–7.5 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Yellow. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Golden Bantam 8 Row Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGolden Bantam 8 Row can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Golden Bantam 8 Row ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days from direct sowing to fresh eating stage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Golden Bantam 8 Row is a historic sweet corn variety treasured for its rich corn flavor, golden kernels, and dependable garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045987369262,"sku":"CN20","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/corn-seeds-sweet-golden-bantam-8-row-corn-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cn20-87369262-5898668.jpg?v=1774059783"},{"product_id":"hendersons-bush-lima-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush Lima - Henderson","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHenderson Bush Lima Bean seeds grow into plants with a bush habit, valued for fresh shell beans, butterbean dishes, freezing, dry-bean use, and seed saving. The crop produces pods about 3 in, usually holding 3–4 small beans. Creamy and buttery after thorough cooking. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Henderson Bush Lima Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHenderson Bush Lima Bean has a bush habit. Its principal color is cream, and its pod or seed form is Pods about 3 in, usually holding 3–4 small beans. Flavor: Creamy and buttery after thorough cooking. Best for fresh shell beans, butterbean dishes, freezing, dry-bean use, and seed saving. Maturity: 60-69 Days. Plant height: 13–18 in. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Henderson Bush Lima Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus lunatus L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell lists Original Dwarf and Henderson Bush Lima as alternate names for Henderson.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLima bean has more than one domestication history in the Americas. Bush and pole forms, large- and small-seeded types, and fresh-shell versus dry use can differ substantially, so the maintained cultivar and seed lot must stay attached to the record.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed stewardship for this product depends on preserving the original packet wording, supplier, lot, year, field observations, isolation method, and selection decisions. Those records allow later growers to distinguish verified history from a new observation or interpretation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHenderson Bush Lima Bean is selected for fresh shell beans, butterbean dishes, freezing, dry-bean use, and seed saving. Creamy and buttery after thorough cooking. The relevant pod or seed form is Pods about 3 in, usually holding 3–4 small beans. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Henderson seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 65–80 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 4 in apart with 24 in between rows. No structural support is normally required; use a short support only if lodging develops. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Henderson Bush Lima Bean in late spring. The crop has a bush habit. Plant height: 13–18 in. Support: No-Support. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 4 in apart, and leave 24 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 60-69 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest green-shell beans when seed is fully sized but soft, or allow pods to dry completely for pantry and seed use. Plan on 60-69 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Henderson Bush Lima Bean for fresh shell beans, butterbean dishes, freezing, dry-bean use, and seed saving. Creamy and buttery after thorough cooking. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eHenderson is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating but occasional insect-carried pollen can occur. Separate varieties and preserve the isolation method with the lot record.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Henderson Bush Lima Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e13–18 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045991399726,"sku":"LB3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-bush-lima-hendersons-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-lb3-91399726-1078840.jpg?v=1774067381"},{"product_id":"kentucky-wonder-pole","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Kentucky Wonder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKentucky Wonder seeds produce a kentucky wonder pole snap bean. Plants have a vining or climbing habit. Plants typically reach 73–96 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 60-69 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Kentucky Wonder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is sold as a pole snap bean selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. Best uses include fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eOval, thick, curved pods about 9 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is one of the most widely circulated American pole snap-bean names. Cornell lists it as an heirloom and records Old Homestead as an alternate name. The variety is known for vigorous climbing vines and long, curved green pods used as snap beans. Its established cultivar record is stronger than the many family stories that have accumulated around the name, so the documented plant and pod traits provide the strongest basis for identification. Continued stewardship of Kentucky Wonder depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKentucky Wonder is chosen for a long vertical harvest rather than the compact, concentrated crop of a bush bean. Install a tall trellis before sowing and pick the pods while they remain tender. A few pods can be left to dry for seed, but mark those vines so mature fibrous pods are not mixed with the eating harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed. Fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Kentucky Wonder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 36 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. Install a sturdy trellis before vines begin to run so roots are not disturbed by late construction. Plants typically reach 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Kentucky Wonder; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall a sturdy trellis before vines begin to run so roots are not disturbed by late construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 60-69 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to the first eating harvest under suitable conditions. Harvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Kentucky Wonder plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Kentucky Wonder for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Kentucky Wonder take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 60-69 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Kentucky Wonder need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Install a sturdy trellis before the vining\/climbing vines begin to run. Mature plants are listed at 73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Kentucky Wonder be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Oval, thick, curved pods about 9 in. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Kentucky Wonder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045992743214,"sku":"BN22","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-pole-kentucky-wonder-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn22-92743214-3233798.jpg?v=1767990425"},{"product_id":"beet-chioggia","title":"Beet Seeds - Chioggia Beet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe beet that turns every slice into art. ‘Chioggia’ is a striking Italian heirloom with alternating rings of crimson and white inside each root-earning it the nickname “Candy Stripe Beet.” Its mild, sweet flavor and crisp texture make it ideal for fresh salads, roasting, or pickling, with less earthiness than darker varieties. Best enjoyed fresh to preserve its vivid interior pattern. Originating from Chioggia, a coastal town near Venice in the early 1800s, this beet remains a beloved heirloom for its beauty and taste.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Chioggia Beet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChioggia Beet is a biennial selection of beet, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest roots at the cultivar-appropriate market size and use young tops as greens; earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep field notes on Chioggia Beet so its performance can be compared with other beet selections under the same planting date and care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeets and chard are cultivated forms of Beta vulgaris, selected from sea-beet relatives for enlarged roots, tender leaves, or colorful stalks. Root beet, mangel, sugar beet, and chard share a species-level crossing relationship, which matters when saving seed. Beet Seeds - Chioggia Beet belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris L. subsp. vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Chioggia Beet from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 3 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots or harvestable tops. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots at the cultivar-appropriate market size and use young tops as greens. Uses: Roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Flavor: earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender. Seed saving: Wind-pollinated biennial. Best uses include roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Chioggia Beet plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Wind-pollinated biennial. Crosses readily with compatible Beta vulgaris beets and chard. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Chioggia Beet is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Leaf miners, aphids, flea beetles, damping-off, Cercospora or other leaf spots, and root problems in waterlogged soil. Management: Rotate crop families, remove badly affected leaves, improve airflow, and keep the root zone moist but not saturated. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Chioggia Beet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Chioggia Beet ready? Use 50-59 Days. Approximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots or harvestable tops. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 3 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Wind-pollinated biennial. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045993759022,"sku":"BT3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/beet-seeds-chioggia-beet-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bt3-93759022-5603913.jpg?v=1767990422"},{"product_id":"bean-cherokee-trail-of-tears","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Cherokee Trail of Tears","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean seeds grow into plants with a vining\/climbing habit, valued for young snap pods, dry black beans, soups, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. The crop produces green snap pods maturing to dry black beans. Young pods have familiar green-bean flavor; mature black beans become rich and earthy after thorough cooking. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Cherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean has a vining\/climbing habit. Its principal color is black, and its pod or seed form is Green snap pods maturing to dry black beans. Flavor: Young pods have familiar green-bean flavor; mature black beans become rich and earthy after thorough cooking. Best for young snap pods, dry black beans, soups, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Maturity: 80-89 Days. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Cherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Trail of Tears is preserved in modern seed networks as a pole bean associated with Cherokee family and community seedkeeping. The Cherokee Nation maintains an heirloom garden and seed bank as living programs, and this page treats that contemporary stewardship as part of the crop’s present record rather than speaking about Cherokee agriculture only in the past tense. The cultivar name is connected to a history of forced removal, but the page does not turn that history into decorative marketing or use it to assign tribal identity to a modern supplier, grower, or customer. The seed lot should be evaluated for its black dry seed, vigorous climbing habit, dual snap-and-dry use, and true-to-type performance while its custody records remain attached to the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon bean has distinct Mesoamerican and Andean domestication histories, so a modern cultivar name alone does not reveal which gene pool a seed lot belongs to. This record therefore uses “Uncertain \/ Multiple Centers” unless the named market class itself supports a narrower classification. Snap, shell, and dry uses are harvest stages or market purposes within the species, not separate botanical species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean is selected for young snap pods, dry black beans, soups, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Young pods have familiar green-bean flavor; mature black beans become rich and earthy after thorough cooking. The relevant pod or seed form is Green snap pods maturing to dry black beans. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e36 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Cherokee Trail of Tears seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 65–80 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 6 in apart with 36 in between rows. Install a sturdy trellis before sowing so roots are not disturbed later; guide young tendrils or vines to the support. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Cherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean in late spring. The crop has a vining\/climbing habit. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 6 in apart, and leave 36 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 80-89 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest tender green pods for snap use or allow pods to dry fully for black beans. Plan on 80-89 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Cherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean for young snap pods, dry black beans, soups, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Young pods have familiar green-bean flavor; mature black beans become rich and earthy after thorough cooking. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eCherokee Trail of Tears is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eCommon beans are primarily self-pollinating, but insects can move pollen. Separate varieties, use blossom barriers, or record the isolation method. Organic Seed Alliance gives 100–150 feet as a home-use reference for snap-bean seed production.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Cherokee Trail of Tears Pole Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045993988398,"sku":"BN1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-cherokee-trail-of-tears-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn1-581490.jpg?v=1774066487"},{"product_id":"beet-detroit-dark-red","title":"Beet Seeds - Detroit Dark Red Beet","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe classic American beet. ‘Detroit Dark Red’ is the standard of quality for home and market gardens, producing globe-shaped roots with deep, uniform crimson flesh and a smooth texture. Its flavor is rich and balanced-sweet when roasted, earthy and full when boiled or pickled. The greens are equally valuable: tender, flavorful, and excellent cooked or eaten raw.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Detroit Dark Red Beet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red Beet is a biennial selection of beet, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Notable traits include red coloring; harvest roots at the cultivar-appropriate market size and use young tops as greens; earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetroit Dark Red Beet is kept under its own packet name and should not be treated as interchangeable with every other beet selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeets and chard are cultivated forms of Beta vulgaris, selected from sea-beet relatives for enlarged roots, tender leaves, or colorful stalks. Root beet, mangel, sugar beet, and chard share a species-level crossing relationship, which matters when saving seed. Beet Seeds - Detroit Dark Red Beet belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. Ferry \u0026amp; Co. of Detroit, this heirloom quickly became the nation’s benchmark for beet flavor and dependability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBeta vulgaris L. subsp. vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Detroit Dark Red Beet from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 3 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots or harvestable tops. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots at the cultivar-appropriate market size and use young tops as greens. Uses: Roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Flavor: earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender. Seed saving: Wind-pollinated biennial. Best uses include roots, edible tops, roasting, pickling, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: earthy to sweet; young tops are mild and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Detroit Dark Red Beet plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Wind-pollinated biennial. Crosses readily with compatible Beta vulgaris beets and chard. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Detroit Dark Red Beet is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Leaf miners, aphids, flea beetles, damping-off, Cercospora or other leaf spots, and root problems in waterlogged soil. Management: Rotate crop families, remove badly affected leaves, improve airflow, and keep the root zone moist but not saturated. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Detroit Dark Red Beet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Detroit Dark Red Beet ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots or harvestable tops. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 3 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Wind-pollinated biennial. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47045995528494,"sku":"BT2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/beet-seeds-detroit-dark-red-beet-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bt2-95528494-8581741.jpg?v=1774111710"},{"product_id":"late-flat-dutch-cabbage","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Late Flat Dutch Cabbage","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLate Flat Dutch Cabbage seeds produce a large flat-headed storage cabbage suited to fall harvest, kraut, slaw, and winter keeping. Late Flat Dutch Cabbage performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Large gardens, storage, sauerkraut, and fall harvest are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Late Flat Dutch Cabbage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLate Flat Dutch Cabbage is a biennial selection of cabbage, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Notable traits include large flat head; crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe value of Late Flat Dutch Cabbage is in the combination of its named traits, rosette growth, and fit for fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Late Flat Dutch belongs to a long lineage of European and American storage cabbages. Multiple strains have circulated under the name. Late Flat Dutch belongs to a long lineage of European and American storage cabbages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Capitata Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Late Flat Dutch Cabbage from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 80-89 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Large flat head. Uses: Fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Late Flat Dutch Cabbage plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Late Flat Dutch Cabbage is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Late Flat Dutch Cabbage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Late Flat Dutch Cabbage ready? Use 80-89 Days. Approximately 80-89 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046000050478,"sku":"CB2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/cabbage-seeds-late-flat-dutch-cabbage-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cb2-00050478-3036150.jpg?v=1767990418"},{"product_id":"red-acre-cabbage","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Red Acre Cabbage","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Acre Cabbage seeds produce a compact red cabbage with dense round heads and strong color for slaw, braising, and pickling. Red Acre Cabbage performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Small gardens, red slaw, pickling, and cool-season color are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Red Acre Cabbage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Acre Cabbage is a biennial selection of cabbage, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Notable traits include red coloring; small to medium round head; crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep field notes on Red Acre Cabbage so its performance can be compared with other cabbage selections under the same planting date and care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Red Acre is a widely maintained open-pollinated red cabbage. It became a standard through seed trade circulation and practical garden performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Capitata Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Red Acre Cabbage from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Small to medium round head. Uses: Fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Red Acre Cabbage plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Red Acre Cabbage is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Red Acre Cabbage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Red Acre Cabbage ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046002213166,"sku":"CB1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/cabbage-seeds-red-acre-cabbage-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cb1-02213166-3587287.jpg?v=1767990418"},{"product_id":"danvers-126-half-long-carrot","title":"Carrot Seeds - Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe texture is crisp and sweet, ideal for storage, juicing, or cooking. This variety tolerates heavier soils better than most and resists cracking, making it a consistent performer for home and market growers alike.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDanvers 126 Half Long Carrot is a biennial selection of carrot, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Notable traits include orange coloring; harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color; sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe value of Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot is in the combination of its named traits, rosette growth, and fit for fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCultivated carrots were shaped from Eurasian wild carrot populations, with early selection emphasizing aromatic roots and later regional selection producing familiar orange, yellow, white, red, and purple garden forms. Modern market classes such as Nantes, Danvers, Chantenay, Imperator, and round forcing types describe root form more reliably than an unsupported pedigree story. Carrot Seeds - Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. Danvers types are broad-shouldered and tapered, often performing well in heavier soils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eDaucus carota L. subsp. sativus (Hoffm.) Arcang.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-21 Days at 55–70 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSandy loam; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 10-21 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 55–70 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: Optional short soak; do not leave seed waterlogged. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 2 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use sandy loam with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color. Uses: Fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Best uses include fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Compatible plants of the same species can cross through insect activity; wild relatives matter for carrot and parsnip. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Carrot rust fly or root maggot where present, aphids, caterpillars, leaf spots, damping-off, and uneven emergence from crusted soil. Management: Use clean seedbeds, rotation, careful watering, prompt thinning, airflow, and locally appropriate exclusion methods. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Danvers 126 Half Long Carrot ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 10-21 Days at about 55–70 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 2 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046005162286,"sku":"CR6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/carrot-seeds-danvers-126-half-long-carrot-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cr6-05162286-3937287.jpg?v=1767990416"},{"product_id":"boston-pickling-cucumber","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Vining - Boston Pickling","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBoston Pickling seeds produce green fruit, 6–7 in long; about 2.25–2.5 in wide, on vining\/climbing plants. Grow it for fresh eating or pickling, trellised gardens, succession sowing, and summer harvest; Whether grown for homemade pickles or harvested young for fresh eating, Boston Pickling cucumber seeds deliver classic flavor, strong performance, and time-tested reliability season after season. Boston Pickling Cucumber Seeds produce classic heirloom pickling cucumber producing crisp, uniform fruits ideal for crunchy homemade pickles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Boston Pickling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoston Pickling is an annual pickling cucumber with green color, 49–60 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 6–7 in long; about 2.25–2.5 in wide. Botanically it is Cucumis sativus L. Maturity or first bloom: 50-59 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for fresh eating or pickling, trellised gardens, succession sowing, and summer harvest. Whether grown for homemade pickles or harvested young for fresh eating, Boston Pickling cucumber seeds deliver classic flavor, strong performance, and time-tested reliability season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe North Carolina State University cultivar archive dates Boston Pickling to 1880 and lists Green Prolific and related names among its historical synonyms. The exact identity of the seed lot remains tied to its supplier and lot records, so no additional lineage is assigned beyond the cited record. Growers saving seed should keep the original packet, source, year, and selection notes with the lot. Boston Pickling cucumber seeds are a classic heirloom variety long valued for producing crisp, flavorful cucumbers ideal for pickling and fresh use. Known for their vigorous vining habit, Boston Pickling cucumber seeds grow strong, productive plants that set abundant dark green fruits with firm flesh and thin skins. Boston Pickling cucumber seeds thrive in full sun and fertile, well-drained soil, spreading readily across garden beds or climbing efficiently when trellised. This variety performs reliably in a wide range of growing conditions and is favored by gardeners seeking traditional pickling quality with dependable yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucumis sativus L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49–60 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrellis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Boston Pickling from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Boston Pickling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucumis sativus L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 12 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Boston Pickling frequently at the intended eating stage so oversized fruit does not slow production. Keep vines off wet soil where possible, water at the root zone, and watch early for cucumber beetles and wilt symptoms. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoston Pickling is best for fresh eating or pickling, trellised gardens, succession sowing, and summer harvest. Harvest form or size: 6–7 in long; about 2.25–2.5 in wide. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Whether grown for homemade pickles or harvested young for fresh eating, Boston Pickling cucumber seeds deliver classic flavor, strong performance, and time-tested reliability season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Boston Pickling Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Cucumis sativus L. varieties can cross with other cucumbers of the same species through insect-carried pollen. Isolate by distance, flowering control, bagging, or hand pollination and maintain enough plants to represent the variety. Mark seed fruit early, then allow it to grow far past eating stage until large and pale, yellow, or golden. Hold mature fruit briefly if sound, scoop seed and pulp, ferment about 24–48 hours, wash away pulp and light seed, and dry the heavy seed thoroughly in a thin layer. Label the lot with isolation and selection records and test germination before distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Boston Pickling for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Boston Pickling ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 49–60 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePossible in a large container only with a sturdy trellis, frequent watering, and enough root volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: fresh eating or pickling, trellised gardens, succession sowing, and summer harvest. Whether grown for homemade pickles or harvested young for fresh eating, Boston Pickling cucumber seeds deliver classic flavor, strong performance, and time-tested reliability season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e50 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046006931758,"sku":"CU6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/cucumber-seeds-vining-boston-pickling-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cu6-06931758-7347502.jpg?v=1774070519"},{"product_id":"tuscan-lacinato-kale","title":"Kale Seeds - Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTuscan Lacinato Kale seeds produce a tall Italian kale with dark blue-green, heavily textured leaves and a long harvest window. Tuscan Lacinato Kale performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Soups, braising, kale chips, winter gardens, and ornamental edible beds are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) is a biennial selection of kale, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 25–30 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include long narrow blistered leaves; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire kale crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Lacinato kale has deep roots in Italian garden and culinary traditions and circulates under names including Tuscan, dinosaur, and cavolo nero. This page recognizes that tradition without claiming a single modern origin. This page recognizes that tradition without claiming a single modern origin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Acephala Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Long narrow blistered leaves. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Tuscan Lacinato (Dinosaur) ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 25–30 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046007685422,"sku":"KA3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/kale-seeds-tuscan-lacinato-dinosaur-kale-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ka3-07685422-6633354.jpg?v=1767990412"},{"product_id":"southern-giant-curled-mustard","title":"Mustard Seeds - Southern Giant Curled Mustard","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSouthern Giant Curled mustard seeds produce large, deeply frilled green leaves with a bold peppery flavor that intensifies as plants mature. Young leaves can be harvested for salads and mixed baby greens, while mature leaves have the substance and heat needed for braising, sautéing, soups, stir-fries, and traditional Southern mustard greens. In warm conditions, mustard bolts quickly and becomes stronger in flavor, so plan the main crop around cool weather.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Southern Giant Curled Mustard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSouthern Giant Curled Mustard is an annual selection of mustard greens, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 19–24 in. It is best suited to baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Notable traits include large, deeply curled leaves on plants commonly 19-24 inches tall; peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe value of Southern Giant Curled Mustard is in the combination of its named traits, rosette growth, and fit for baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppery salad greens and mustard greens come from several Brassicaceae species. Garden arugula, wild arugula, upland cress, and mustard greens differ in life cycle, leaf texture, and heat tolerance, so this page preserves species-level identity rather than relying on flavor names alone. Southern Giant Curled is a long-established American mustard-green variety closely associated with Southern gardens and cooking. It belongs to \u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea\u003c\/em\u003e, a species with a long history of cultivation across Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Americas for leaves, oilseed, and spice. Catalog history and regional use are more supportable than claims that assign the named variety to a single ancient culture without documentation. Mustard is insect-pollinated and can cross with compatible Brassica juncea varieties, so isolation matters when maintaining a named strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica juncea (L.) Czern.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-7 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Southern Giant Curled Mustard from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 3-7 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 45–60 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Large, deeply curled leaves on plants commonly 19-24 inches tall. Uses: Baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat. Seed saving: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Best uses include baby leaf, full-size greens, succession planting, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: peppery to mustard-like flavor that strengthens with age and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Southern Giant Curled Mustard plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Compatible plants of the same species may cross to varying degrees through insects or wind. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allow selected plants to pass the eating stage and reach full botanical seed maturity. Harvest only when seed heads, pods, or fruits have matured enough for sound seed development. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Southern Giant Curled Mustard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Southern Giant Curled Mustard ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing to the listed baby-leaf or full-size harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 3-7 Days at about 45–60 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 19–24 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Open-pollinated herb or leafy crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046010569006,"sku":"OR1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/mustard-seeds-southern-giant-curled-mustard-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-og5-270328.jpg?v=1767990408"},{"product_id":"little-marvel-peas","title":"Pea Seeds - Garden - Little Marvel","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLittle Marvel seeds produce a compact shelling pea. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 13–18 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–10 Days at 45–60 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 60-69 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Little Marvel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Marvel is sold as a shelling pea selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Shelling pods containing round green peas. Sweet green-pea flavor with a tender texture when shelled promptly. Best uses include fresh shell peas, freezing, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Pea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePisum sativum L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\/Fall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–10 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e3 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eShelling pods containing round green peas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Marvel is a compact shelling pea recognized as a 1934 All-America Selections winner. Cornell describes short plants bearing pods filled with several large peas. The award and compact architecture distinguish Little Marvel from taller shell peas, while the edible product remains the shelled pea rather than the pod. Continued stewardship of Little Marvel depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Marvel fits small beds and containers because its bush form does not require a full trellis. Pick the pods as soon as the peas are plump, and shell promptly for the sweetest texture. Its compact habit makes it useful for succession sowing, but close spacing still needs airflow to reduce leaf disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when pods are full and the peas inside remain tender, then shell promptly. The crop is described as Shelling pods containing round green peas. Leave marked pods to dry for seed. Fresh shell peas, freezing, cool-season gardens, and seed saving. Sweet green-pea flavor with a tender texture when shelled promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Little Marvel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the spring\/fall planting window. Keep the seed zone near 45–60 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–10 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 3 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 13–18 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect sow Little Marvel during the spring\/fall planting window while soil is workable and before sustained heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the seedbed evenly moist during emergence, but do not leave large legume seed in saturated soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest when pods are full and the peas inside remain tender, then shell promptly. The crop is described as Shelling pods containing round green peas. Leave marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 60-69 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to the first eating harvest under suitable conditions. Harvest when pods are full and the peas inside remain tender, then shell promptly. The crop is described as Shelling pods containing round green peas. Leave marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Little Marvel plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle Marvel is most vulnerable when warm weather overtakes the cool-season crop. Watch for aphids, pea weevil injury, powdery mildew, wilt, root rots, and bird or rodent feeding. Plant early in suitable soil, rotate away from peas and related legumes, keep foliage dry when practical, and remove heavily diseased plants. Poor emergence in cold saturated soil is not corrected by adding more water. Heat-stressed flowers may abort, and overmature pods quickly lose eating quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Little Marvel take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 60-69 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Little Marvel need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 13–18 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Little Marvel be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when pods are full and the peas inside remain tender, then shell promptly. The crop is described as Shelling pods containing round green peas. Leave marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Little Marvel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046012928302,"sku":"GP4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/pea-seeds-garden-little-marvel-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-gp4-12928302-3067150.jpg?v=1774062566"},{"product_id":"sugar-ann-snap-pea-bush","title":"Pea Seeds - Snap - Sugar Ann","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Ann seeds produce an early compact snap pea. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 19–24 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–10 Days at 45–60 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 50-59 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Sugar Ann\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Ann is sold as a snap pea selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Plump edible pods with tender pod walls. Sweet, crisp, and juicy when the edible pods are harvested before toughness develops. Best uses include crisp edible pods, fresh snacking, salads, stir-fries, and freezing. Other seed records may list it as Pea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePisum sativum L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\/Fall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–10 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e3 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003ePlump edible pods with tender pod walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Ann is a 1984 All-America Selections winner. Cornell records it as a very early snap pea with compact vines that normally do not need support. That combination of edible plump pods, early harvest, and short stature separates Sugar Ann from Original Sugar Snap, which grows much taller and needs a trellis. Continued stewardship of Sugar Ann depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Ann is useful for an early crop, containers, and beds where no tall support is available. Pick pods as soon as they become plump and crisp; the harvest is earlier but often shorter than tall snap-pea types. Succession sowing can extend the season before heat reduces pea quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest whole pods when they are plump, crisp, and still tender. The crop is described as Plump edible pods with tender pod walls. Overmature pods become fibrous; leave only marked pods to dry for seed. Crisp edible pods, fresh snacking, salads, stir-fries, and freezing. Sweet, crisp, and juicy when the edible pods are harvested before toughness develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Sugar Ann\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the spring\/fall planting window. Keep the seed zone near 45–60 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–10 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 3 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 19–24 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect sow Sugar Ann during the spring\/fall planting window while soil is workable and before sustained heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the seedbed evenly moist during emergence, but do not leave large legume seed in saturated soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest whole pods when they are plump, crisp, and still tender. The crop is described as Plump edible pods with tender pod walls. Overmature pods become fibrous; leave only marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 50-59 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from direct sowing to the first eating harvest under suitable conditions. Harvest whole pods when they are plump, crisp, and still tender. The crop is described as Plump edible pods with tender pod walls. Overmature pods become fibrous; leave only marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Sugar Ann plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar Ann is most vulnerable when warm weather overtakes the cool-season crop. Watch for aphids, pea weevil injury, powdery mildew, wilt, root rots, and bird or rodent feeding. Plant early in suitable soil, rotate away from peas and related legumes, keep foliage dry when practical, and remove heavily diseased plants. Poor emergence in cold saturated soil is not corrected by adding more water. Heat-stressed flowers may abort, and overmature pods quickly lose eating quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Sugar Ann take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 50-59 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Sugar Ann need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 19–24 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Sugar Ann be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest whole pods when they are plump, crisp, and still tender. The crop is described as Plump edible pods with tender pod walls. Overmature pods become fibrous; leave only marked pods to dry for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Sugar Ann?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046014370094,"sku":"SN4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/pea-seeds-snap-sugar-ann-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sn4-14370094-4657040.jpg?v=1767990403"},{"product_id":"jack-o-lantern-pumpkin","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Jack O' Lantern Pumpkin","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJack O' Lantern Pumpkin \/ winter squash seeds produce orange pumpkin \/ winter squash, 10-18 pounds, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar Jack O' Lantern Pumpkin Seeds produce classic carving pumpkin with bright orange skin and flavorful flesh for roasting or pies.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Jack O' Lantern\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJack O' Lantern is an annual pumpkin \/ winter squash with orange color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 10-18 pounds. Botanically it is Cucurbita pepo L. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJack O' Lantern circulates as a named pumpkin \/ winter squash within the cultivated history of Cucurbita pepo L. Seed sold as Jack O' Lantern is identified by its orange color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. Jack O' Lantern is a classic open-pollinated carving pumpkin with smooth, medium-orange skin, shallow ribbing, sturdy handles, and edible fine-grained flesh. Plant in full sun after the soil has warmed, provide fertile well-drained soil and steady moisture, and harvest when the rind is hard and the fruit has developed a deep orange color. Pumpkin Seeds - Jack O' Lantern Pumpkin belongs to a crop lineage strongly associated with Mesoamerican agriculture and long traditions of seed selection. Growers preserved useful traits such as flavor, color, yield, field adaptation, and culinary value over many generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 in between plants; 96 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Jack O' Lantern from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Jack O' Lantern Pumpkin \/ winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita pepo L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 48 in apart with 96 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Jack O' Lantern enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJack O' Lantern is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 10-18 pounds. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Orange. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Jack O' Lantern Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Jack O' Lantern for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Jack O' Lantern ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Mature flesh suited to cooking, baking, or seasonal display depending on the cultivar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046015910190,"sku":"SQ1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/pumpkin-seeds-jack-o-lantern-pumpkin-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq1-15910190-7892391.jpg?v=1774067769"},{"product_id":"acorn-table-queen-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Acorn Table Queen","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTable Queen Acorn Winter squash seeds produce green winter squash, about 1-2 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to individual servings, stuffed squash, roasting, compact fruit storage, and classic acorn squash gardens. sweet, nutty, smooth flesh suited to roasting and baking Grow the historic dark green acorn squash with sweet golden flesh and a practical individual-serving size.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Table Queen Acorn\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Queen Acorn is an annual winter squash with green color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: about 1-2 lb. Botanically it is Cucurbita pepo L. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for individual servings, stuffed squash, roasting, compact fruit storage, and classic acorn squash gardens. Sweet, nutty, smooth flesh suited to roasting and baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Queen was introduced by the Iowa Seed Company in 1913 and became a defining American acorn squash. Its dark green ribbed fruit, practical serving size, and sweet flesh helped establish the acorn type in home gardens. Botanical record: Cucurbita pepo var. turbinata. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Table Queen acorn squash seeds produce dark green ribbed acorn squash with golden flesh. The defining kitchen quality is sweet, nutty, smooth flesh suited to roasting and baking. Table Queen acorn squash seeds are warm-season seed. Give runners a planned direction so leaves receive air and fruit can rest on a dry surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Table Queen Acorn from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Table Queen Acorn Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita pepo L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Table Queen Acorn enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTable Queen Acorn is best for individual servings, stuffed squash, roasting, compact fruit storage, and classic acorn squash gardens. Harvest form or size: about 1-2 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Sweet, nutty, smooth flesh suited to roasting and baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Table Queen Acorn Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Table Queen Acorn for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Table Queen Acorn ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: individual servings, stuffed squash, roasting, compact fruit storage, and classic acorn squash gardens. Sweet, nutty, smooth flesh suited to roasting and baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046017974574,"sku":"SQ10","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-winter-vining-acorn-table-queen-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq10-17974574-8989574.jpg?v=1774067690"},{"product_id":"buttercup-burgess-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Buttercup Burgess Squash","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBurgess Buttercup Winter squash seeds produce green winter squash, about 3-5 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to baking, mashing, soups, puree, winter storage, and gardeners who prefer dry sweet squash flesh. dry, dense, sweet flesh with a smooth, rich texture Grow deep green buttercup squash with dense orange flesh, dry sweetness, and dependable winter-kitchen value.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Burgess Buttercup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBurgess Buttercup is an annual winter squash with green color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: about 3-5 lb. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for baking, mashing, soups, puree, winter storage, and gardeners who prefer dry sweet squash flesh. Dry, dense, sweet flesh with a smooth, rich texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBurgess Buttercup became a recognized American buttercup type during the twentieth century. Its deep green fruit, blossom-end button, dense orange flesh, and keeping quality established the form gardeners now expect from buttercup squash. Botanical record: Cucurbita maxima var. maxima. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Burgess Buttercup squash seeds produce deep green, turban-shaped squash with a distinctive blossom-end button and orange flesh. The defining kitchen quality is dry, dense, sweet flesh with a smooth, rich texture. Burgess Buttercup squash seeds are warm-season seed. Give runners a planned direction so leaves receive air and fruit can rest on a dry surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Burgess Buttercup from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Burgess Buttercup Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Burgess Buttercup enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBurgess Buttercup is best for baking, mashing, soups, puree, winter storage, and gardeners who prefer dry sweet squash flesh. Harvest form or size: about 3-5 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Dry, dense, sweet flesh with a smooth, rich texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Burgess Buttercup Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Burgess Buttercup for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Burgess Buttercup ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: baking, mashing, soups, puree, winter storage, and gardeners who prefer dry sweet squash flesh. Dry, dense, sweet flesh with a smooth, rich texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046019023150,"sku":"SQ9","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-winter-vining-buttercup-burgess-squash-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq9-19023150-3245736.jpg?v=1767990396"},{"product_id":"butternut-waltham-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Butternut Waltham Squash","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaltham Butternut Winter squash seeds produce cream winter squash, about 3-6 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to soups, roasting, baking, puree, storage, and gardeners seeking a productive standard butternut. smooth, nutty sweetness that deepens after harvest Grow the productive tan butternut standard with deep orange flesh, small seed cavities, and excellent kitchen versatility.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Waltham Butternut\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham Butternut is an annual winter squash with cream color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: about 3-6 lb. Botanically it is Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for soups, roasting, baking, puree, storage, and gardeners seeking a productive standard butternut. Smooth, nutty sweetness that deepens after harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham Butternut was selected in Massachusetts and became a widely grown American standard for uniform butternut shape, a long solid neck, deep orange flesh, good kitchen yield, and storage quality. Institutional cultivar records describe the familiar tan fruit and long vines. The named variety belongs to the twentieth-century breeding history of butternut squash, while Cucurbita moschata has a much older domestication history in the Americas. Waltham Butternut squash seeds produce uniform tan butternut squash with deep orange flesh and a small seed cavity. Waltham Butternut squash seeds are warm-season seed. Give runners a planned direction so leaves receive air and fruit can rest on a dry surface. Female flowers need repeated pollinator visits for complete fruit set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita moschata Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Waltham Butternut from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Waltham Butternut Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita moschata Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Waltham Butternut enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaltham Butternut is best for soups, roasting, baking, puree, storage, and gardeners seeking a productive standard butternut. Harvest form or size: about 3-6 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Cream. Smooth, nutty sweetness that deepens after harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Waltham Butternut Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Waltham Butternut for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Waltham Butternut ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: soups, roasting, baking, puree, storage, and gardeners seeking a productive standard butternut. Smooth, nutty sweetness that deepens after harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046019186990,"sku":"SQ8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/squash-seeds-winter-vining-butternut-waltham-squash-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq8-19186990-1613062.jpg?v=1774067741"},{"product_id":"early-summer-crookneck-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Summer - Bush - Early Summer Crookneck","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Summer Crookneck seeds produce yellow summer squash whose size varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions, on bush plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flavor is rich and buttery, best when picked young and tender. Early Summer Crookneck Squash Seeds produce classic heirloom with curved necks and rich, buttery flavor for frying or sautéing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Early Summer Crookneck\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarly Summer Crookneck is an annual summer squash with yellow color, 25–30 in mature height or spread, and a bush habit. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Botanically it is Cucurbita pepo L. Maturity or first bloom: 50-59 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flavor is rich and buttery, best when picked young and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarly Summer Crookneck circulates as a named summer squash within the cultivated history of Cucurbita pepo L. Seed sold as Early Summer Crookneck is identified by its yellow color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The classic curved heirloom of summer abundance. ‘Early Summer Crookneck’ produces golden-yellow fruits with slender, curved necks and finely textured skin that becomes lightly bumpy as they mature. The flavor is rich and buttery, best when picked young and tender. Excellent for pan-frying, roasting, or grilling. A beloved variety dating back to the 1700s, this old American favorite embodies the taste of traditional summer gardens - flavorful, prolific, and full of sunshine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Early Summer Crookneck from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Early Summer Crookneck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita pepo L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 24 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Early Summer Crookneck enough room for its bush growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarly Summer Crookneck is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Yellow. The flavor is rich and buttery, best when picked young and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Early Summer Crookneck Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Early Summer Crookneck for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Early Summer Crookneck ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 25–30 in with a bush habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a large container with full sun, dependable drainage, steady water, and room for the mature canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flavor is rich and buttery, best when picked young and tender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e35 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046019514670,"sku":"SSQ2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/squash-seeds-summer-bush-early-summer-crookneck-squash-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ssq2-19514670-6115984.jpg?v=1774067518"},{"product_id":"black-beauty-zucchini","title":"Zucchini Seeds - Bush - Black Beauty","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Beauty Summer squash seeds produce green summer squash, best harvested around 6-8 in, though fruit grows larger quickly, on bush plants. It is best suited to fast summer harvests, grilling, sautéing, baking, zucchini bread, and productive home gardens. mild, clean zucchini flavor with tender texture when harvested young Harvest glossy dark green zucchini repeatedly while the fruit is young, tender, and at its best for the kitchen.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Black Beauty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Beauty is an annual summer squash with green color, 25–30 in mature height or spread, and a bush habit. Harvest form or size: best harvested around 6-8 in, though fruit grows larger quickly. Botanically it is Cucurbita pepo L. Maturity or first bloom: 50-59 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for fast summer harvests, grilling, sautéing, baking, zucchini bread, and productive home gardens. Mild, clean zucchini flavor with tender texture when harvested young.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Beauty became a widely grown American zucchini after earning All-America Selections recognition in 1957. Its compact bush habit, dark glossy fruit, and repeated harvest made it a durable home-garden standard. Botanical record: Cucurbita pepo var. giromontiina. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Black Beauty zucchini seeds produce glossy dark green zucchini with pale tender flesh. The defining kitchen quality is mild, clean zucchini flavor with tender texture when harvested young. Black Beauty zucchini seeds are warm-season seed. Check plants often once flowering begins because summer squash can move from ideal size to oversized fruit within a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita pepo L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in between plants; 36 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Black Beauty from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Black Beauty Summer squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita pepo L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 24 in apart with 36 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Black Beauty enough room for its bush growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Beauty is best for fast summer harvests, grilling, sautéing, baking, zucchini bread, and productive home gardens. Harvest form or size: best harvested around 6-8 in, though fruit grows larger quickly. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Green. Mild, clean zucchini flavor with tender texture when harvested young.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Black Beauty Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Black Beauty for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Black Beauty ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 25–30 in with a bush habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a large container with full sun, dependable drainage, steady water, and room for the mature canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: fast summer harvests, grilling, sautéing, baking, zucchini bread, and productive home gardens. Mild, clean zucchini flavor with tender texture when harvested young.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e30 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046019776814,"sku":"SSQ1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/zucchini-seeds-vining-black-beauty-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ssq1-19776814-7408276.jpg?v=1767990394"},{"product_id":"purple-top-globe-turnip","title":"Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe Turnip","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe dependable heirloom of garden tradition. ‘Purple Top White Globe’ produces smooth, round roots with white bottoms and bright purple shoulders, firm texture, and mild, slightly sweet flavor. The roots are crisp when young and tender even at larger sizes, perfect for roasting, mashing, or slicing fresh. Adaptable and fast-growing in spring or fall.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Top White Globe Turnip is a biennial selection of turnip, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 19–24 in. It is best suited to fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate; crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTreat Purple Top White Globe Turnip as a named seed line with its own observations, not as a generic stand-in for the entire turnip crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese root crops were selected in Eurasian farming traditions for rapid growth, root form, storage, greens, and cold-season use. Small salad radishes, long daikon types, turnips, and rutabagas differ in species or crop group and should not share one generic maturity or harvest description. Turnip Seeds - Purple Top White Globe Turnip belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Rapifera Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-39 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Purple Top White Globe Turnip from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/2 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/2 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest roots before pithiness and use tender greens where appropriate. Uses: Fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include fast roots, greens, succession planting, storage types, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp and mild when young, becoming stronger with age or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Purple Top White Globe Turnip plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Purple Top White Globe Turnip is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Purple Top White Globe Turnip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Purple Top White Globe Turnip ready? Use 30-39 Days. Approximately 30-39 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots and greens. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 19–24 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046021644590,"sku":"TN2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_291858074.jpg?v=1774067174"},{"product_id":"chives","title":"Chive Seeds - Allium Schoenoprasum Chives","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllium Schoenoprasum Chives is best suited to perennial clumps, edible flowers, containers, and fresh snipping. Its defining kitchen character is mild onion or garlic flavor. Common chives and garlic chives are distinct Allium species with different leaf forms and bloom seasons.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Allium Schoenoprasum Chives\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllium Schoenoprasum Chives is a perennial selection of chives, with a clumping\/tufted habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest leaves, shafts, or bulbs at the stage named on the product page; savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Allium Schoenoprasum Chives, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllium crops have been selected across Eurasia for leaves, shafts, bulbs, storage, color, and response to day length. A cultivar name does not override day-length adaptation, and bunching onions, bulb onions, leeks, and chives should not be treated as interchangeable species. Common chives and garlic chives are distinct Allium species with different leaf forms and bloom seasons. Their shared common name should not erase those botanical differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAllium schoenoprasum L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 60–75 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClumping\/Tufted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Allium Schoenoprasum Chives from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 7-14 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 60–75 °F. Germination preparation: Use a fine, evenly moist seed-starting mix or prepared seedbed. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 8 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from sowing to first established leaf harvest. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest leaves, shafts, or bulbs at the stage named on the product page. Uses: Fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor: savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Allium. Best uses include fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Allium Schoenoprasum Chives plants that match the expected clumping\/tufted habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Allium. Compatible cultivars of the same species can cross while flowering. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Allium Schoenoprasum Chives is a perennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Damping-off, aphids, slugs, caterpillars, leaf spots, root rots, and stress-related bolting or poor establishment. Management: Start with clean seed and mix, match temperature to the crop, avoid overwatering, provide airflow, scout regularly, and rotate families. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Allium Schoenoprasum Chives\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Allium Schoenoprasum Chives ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from sowing to first established leaf harvest. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 7-14 Days at about 60–75 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a clumping\/tufted habit. Space plants 8 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Allium. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046024364334,"sku":"HB25","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/chive-seeds-allium-schoenoprasum-chives-herb-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-hb25-24364334-3853465.jpg?v=1767990382"},{"product_id":"garlic-chives","title":"Chive Seeds - Chinese Chives (Garlic)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChinese Chives (Garlic) is best suited to perennial clumps, edible flowers, containers, and fresh snipping. Its defining kitchen character is mild onion or garlic flavor. Common chives and garlic chives are distinct Allium species with different leaf forms and bloom seasons.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Chinese Chives (Garlic)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChinese Chives (Garlic) is a perennial selection of garlic chives, with a clumping\/tufted habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest leaves, shafts, or bulbs at the stage named on the product page; savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChinese Chives (Garlic) deserves a separate record because cultivar names can carry differences in harvest stage, plant form, flavor, or regional performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllium crops have been selected across Eurasia for leaves, shafts, bulbs, storage, color, and response to day length. A cultivar name does not override day-length adaptation, and bunching onions, bulb onions, leeks, and chives should not be treated as interchangeable species. Common chives and garlic chives are distinct Allium species with different leaf forms and bloom seasons. Their shared common name should not erase those botanical differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eAllium tuberosum Rottler ex Spreng.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 60–75 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClumping\/Tufted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull - Partial Sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Chinese Chives (Garlic) from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 7-14 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 60–75 °F. Germination preparation: Use a fine, evenly moist seed-starting mix or prepared seedbed. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full - partial sun. Space plants 8 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from sowing to first established leaf harvest. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest leaves, shafts, or bulbs at the stage named on the product page. Uses: Fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor: savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Allium. Best uses include fresh allium flavor, kitchen gardens, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: savory allium flavor ranging from mild green leaves to mature bulbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Chinese Chives (Garlic) plants that match the expected clumping\/tufted habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Allium. Compatible cultivars of the same species can cross while flowering. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Chinese Chives (Garlic) is a perennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Damping-off, aphids, slugs, caterpillars, leaf spots, root rots, and stress-related bolting or poor establishment. Management: Start with clean seed and mix, match temperature to the crop, avoid overwatering, provide airflow, scout regularly, and rotate families. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Chinese Chives (Garlic)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Chinese Chives (Garlic) ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from sowing to first established leaf harvest. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 7-14 Days at about 60–75 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a clumping\/tufted habit. Space plants 8 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Allium. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046025445678,"sku":"HB21","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/chive-seeds-chinese-chives-garlic-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-hb21-25445678-8670496.jpg?v=1767990379"},{"product_id":"oregon-sugar-pod-ii-snow-pea","title":"Pea Seeds - Snow - Oregon Sugar Pod II","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOregon Sugar Pod II seeds produce a compact oregon sugar pod ii snow pea. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 25–30 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–10 Days at 45–60 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 60-69 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Oregon Sugar Pod II\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOregon Sugar Pod II is sold as a snow pea selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Flat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement. Sweet and tender when the flat pods are harvested young. Best uses include young flat edible pods, stir-fries, steaming, salads, and freezing. Other seed records may list it as Pea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePisum sativum L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eSpring\/Fall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–10 Days at 45–60 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e3 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eFlat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOregon Sugar Pod II is an Oregon-bred snow pea recorded by Cornell with broad flat pods on compact plants. The cultivar is also listed as Sugar Pod 2 and is noted for resistance to pea virus, common wilt, and powdery mildew. Its compact bush form distinguishes it from Oregon Giant and Mammoth Melting Sugar Pod. Continued stewardship of Oregon Sugar Pod II depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a practical no-trellis snow pea for smaller beds and containers. Pick the flat pods young, before peas enlarge, and harvest often to maintain tenderness. The disease-resistance record is useful in humid gardens, but rotation, airflow, and early planting still matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest flat edible pods before the interior peas enlarge. The crop is described as Flat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully for seed. Young flat edible pods, stir-fries, steaming, salads, and freezing. Sweet and tender when the flat pods are harvested young.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Oregon Sugar Pod II\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the spring\/fall planting window. Keep the seed zone near 45–60 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–10 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 3 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 25–30 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect sow Oregon Sugar Pod II during the spring\/fall planting window while soil is workable and before sustained heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the seedbed evenly moist during emergence, but do not leave large legume seed in saturated soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest flat edible pods before the interior peas enlarge. The crop is described as Flat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 60-69 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days from direct sowing to the first eating harvest under suitable conditions. Harvest flat edible pods before the interior peas enlarge. The crop is described as Flat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Oregon Sugar Pod II plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOregon Sugar Pod II is most vulnerable when warm weather overtakes the cool-season crop. Watch for aphids, pea weevil injury, powdery mildew, wilt, root rots, and bird or rodent feeding. Plant early in suitable soil, rotate away from peas and related legumes, keep foliage dry when practical, and remove heavily diseased plants. Poor emergence in cold saturated soil is not corrected by adding more water. Heat-stressed flowers may abort, and overmature pods quickly lose eating quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Oregon Sugar Pod II take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 60-69 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Oregon Sugar Pod II need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 25–30 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Oregon Sugar Pod II be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest flat edible pods before the interior peas enlarge. The crop is described as Flat edible pods harvested before seed enlargement. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully for seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Oregon Sugar Pod II?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046027968814,"sku":"SN2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/pea-seeds-snow-oregon-sugar-pod-ii-1-all-vegetables-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sn2-899570.jpg?v=1767990371"},{"product_id":"glass-gem-corn","title":"Corn Seeds - Flint - Glass Gem","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Gem Flint corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing commonly 3–8 in ears. The mixed kernels are suited to dry grain, small popcorn, cornmeal, educational gardens, fall displays, seed saving, and growers who can plant a pollinating block. Glass Gem corn seeds produce multicolored flint ears with translucent kernels for popping, grinding, decorative harvests, and seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Glass Gem\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass Gem is an annual flint corn with mixed color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Commonly 3–8 in ears. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for dry grain, small popcorn, cornmeal, educational gardens, fall displays, seed saving, and growers who can plant a pollinating block. A firm, traditional corn flavor when popped, parched, or ground; not a tender sweet corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass Gem is a modern open-pollinated flint and popcorn-type population shaped through the selection work of Carl Barnes in Oklahoma. Native Seeds\/SEARCH records that Barnes worked with several Native corn varieties and selected for the clear, jewel-like colors now associated with Glass Gem. Greg Schoen later continued the population, worked with José Lucero of Santa Clara Pueblo during additional grow-outs, used the name Glass Gem, and shared seed with educators and seedkeepers. Photographs of the translucent, multicolored ears spread widely in 2012 and brought the variety international attention. The documented record credits Barnes, Schoen, Lucero, and the Native corn populations involved in the breeding history; it does not establish or assign a tribal identity to Carl Barnes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Glass Gem from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Glass Gem Flint corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 6 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Glass Gem in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass Gem is best for dry grain, small popcorn, cornmeal, educational gardens, fall displays, seed saving, and growers who can plant a pollinating block. Harvest form or size: Commonly 3–8 in ears. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. A firm, traditional corn flavor when popped, parched, or ground; not a tender sweet corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Glass Gem Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlass Gem can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Glass Gem ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: Dry grain, small popcorn, cornmeal, educational gardens, fall displays, seed saving, and growers who can plant a pollinating block. A firm, traditional corn flavor when popped, parched, or ground; not a tender sweet corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046029050158,"sku":"CN18","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/corn-seeds-flint-glass-gem-corn-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cn18-29050158-6654177.jpg?v=1767990367"},{"product_id":"tigers-eye-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Tiger Eye","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTiger Eye seeds produce a tiger eye shell and dry bean. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 19–24 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 80-89 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Tiger Eye\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiger Eye is sold as a bush dry bean selection. The principal color is mixed, and the harvest form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Best uses include dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean, Bean Seeds - Bush - Tiger's Eye.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eDry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell records Tiger Eye as a bush bean associated with Chile or Argentina, bearing broad pods and large golden-ochre seed marked with maroon swirls. The cultivar can be used at the green-shell stage or allowed to dry, which makes it different from a snap bean selected for tender pods. Its striking seed coat is sometimes sold under additional trade names, but the core identity is the ochre-and-maroon seed and dual shelling or dry use. Continued stewardship of Tiger Eye depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTiger Eye is best selected after the seed coat has fully developed. Green-shell beans can be cooked fresh, while dry beans suit soups and slow cooking. The large patterned seed is easy to sort, but maintaining the line requires more than keeping only the prettiest beans: select from several healthy representative plants and preserve productivity as well as color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Cook mature dry seed thoroughly before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Tiger Eye\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 19–24 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Tiger Eye; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 80-89 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to the first dry-seed harvest under suitable conditions. Allow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Tiger Eye plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Tiger Eye for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Tiger Eye take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 80-89 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Tiger Eye need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 19–24 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Tiger Eye be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Tiger Eye?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046032785710,"sku":"BN11","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-tigers-eye-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn11-489949.jpg?v=1774067084"},{"product_id":"corn-hopi-blue","title":"Corn Seeds - Flour - Hopi Blue","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHopi Blue Flour corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 97–120 in and producing 8–10 in ears. The blue kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Hopi Blue Corn Seeds produce native heirloom corn with deep blue kernels prized for its rich, nutty taste and traditional uses in cornmeal and blue tortillas.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Hopi Blue\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHopi Blue is an annual flour corn with blue color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 8–10 in ears. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. An earthy, full blue-corn flavor suited to meal, tortillas, and other dry-grain preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHopi Blue is sold as a blue flour corn, a class used for finely ground meal and other dry-grain foods. Blue corn has deep agricultural and food significance within Hopi communities, but a commercial cultivar name by itself does not prove the custody chain or community authentication of a particular seed lot. The history uses the documented flour-corn traits and the name attached to this seed while avoiding claims that the seed lot represents an authenticated community-held population.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Hopi Blue from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Hopi Blue Flour corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Hopi Blue in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHopi Blue is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 8–10 in ears. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Blue. An earthy, full blue-corn flavor suited to meal, tortillas, and other dry-grain preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Hopi Blue Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHopi Blue can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Hopi Blue ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. An earthy, full blue-corn flavor suited to meal, tortillas, and other dry-grain preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046033113390,"sku":"CN15","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/aonsk-hopi-blue-corn-product-hero-istock-1313472351_1b0b03b5-27e5-4786-8379-b0a386ca68e7.webp?v=1785707929"},{"product_id":"calypso-ying-yang-beans","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Calypso","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCalypso seeds produce a bush dry bean. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 13–18 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 90-99 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Calypso\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalypso is sold as a bush dry bean selection. The principal color is mixed, and the harvest form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Best uses include dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean, Bean Seeds - Bush - Calypso \/ Ying-Yang Beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eDry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell records Calypso as a compact bush dry bean with large oval white seeds marked in black. The dramatic two-color seed coat explains modern trade names such as Calypso, Yin Yang, and Orca, but those names should not be treated as proof that every similarly patterned bean is the same maintained cultivar. The available institutional record supports the Calypso name, bush habit, dry-bean use, and black-and-white seed pattern. More elaborate claims of a specific Caribbean or Central American cultivar origin are not established by the available sources. Continued stewardship of Calypso depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalypso is chosen as much for recognizable seed color as for pantry use. It is grown to full dry maturity, shelled after the pods cure, and sorted so the characteristic black-and-white pattern remains part of selection. In the kitchen it suits soups, baked beans, and stews where a dry bean that holds its shape is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Cook mature dry seed thoroughly before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Calypso\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 13–18 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Calypso; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 90-99 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from direct sowing to the first dry-seed harvest under suitable conditions. Allow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Calypso plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Calypso for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Calypso take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 90-99 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Calypso need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 13–18 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Calypso be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Calypso?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046033178926,"sku":"BN14","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/shutterstock_1813951091.jpg?v=1774065285"},{"product_id":"hidatsa-red-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Hidatsa Red","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHidatsa Red seeds produce a hidatsa-associated bush dry bean. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 19–24 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 80-89 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Hidatsa Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidatsa Red is sold as a bush dry bean selection. The principal color is red, and the harvest form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Best uses include dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean, Bean Seeds - Bush - Hidatsa Red Bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eDry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidatsa Red is associated with the agricultural traditions of the Hidatsa and the interrelated Mandan, Hidatsa, and Arikara communities of the northern Great Plains. Cornell records a red-seeded bush dry bean under the name Hidatsa Red, and Nueta Hidatsa Sahnish College continues to sustain community language and culture. A commercial packet cannot stand in for every community-maintained population, however. The name is kept with respect, while the current seed lot is documented by its source, red seed, bush habit, and field performance. Continued stewardship of Hidatsa Red depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a dry bean for full-season seed maturity, not a green snap bean. Its red seed makes color selection straightforward, while occasional off-color seed should be recorded rather than silently discarded without understanding the lot. Seedkeeping is strongest when community association, supplier history, and observations from each grow-out remain attached to the seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Cook mature dry seed thoroughly before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Hidatsa Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 19–24 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Hidatsa Red; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 80-89 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to the first dry-seed harvest under suitable conditions. Allow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Hidatsa Red plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Hidatsa Red for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Hidatsa Red take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 80-89 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Hidatsa Red need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 19–24 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Hidatsa Red be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Hidatsa Red?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046035177774,"sku":"BN15","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-hidatsa-red-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn15-454055.jpg?v=1774067325"},{"product_id":"hidatsa-shield-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Hidatsa Shield Figure","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean seeds grow into plants with a vining\/climbing habit, valued for dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. The crop produces dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Hidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean has a vining\/climbing habit. Its principal color is mixed, and its pod or seed form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Flavor: Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Best for dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Maturity: 80-89 Days. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Hidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidatsa Shield Figure is a patterned pole dry bean associated with Hidatsa agricultural history and northern Great Plains seedkeeping. Cornell and Washington State records help distinguish the named patterned bean from generic mottled dry beans, while Nueta Hidatsa Sahnish College provides living community context. The product page therefore joins cultivar traits with ongoing cultural stewardship and avoids reducing Native agriculture to a vanished historical episode. Maintaining the seed responsibly requires recording the commercial lot, field selection, isolation, and the people or institutions from whom the seed was received.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon bean has distinct Mesoamerican and Andean domestication histories, so a modern cultivar name alone does not reveal which gene pool a seed lot belongs to. This record therefore uses “Uncertain \/ Multiple Centers” unless the named market class itself supports a narrower classification. Snap, shell, and dry uses are harvest stages or market purposes within the species, not separate botanical species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean is selected for dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. The relevant pod or seed form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e36 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Hidatsa Shield Figure seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 65–80 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 6 in apart with 36 in between rows. Install a sturdy trellis before sowing so roots are not disturbed later; guide young tendrils or vines to the support. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Hidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean in late spring. The crop has a vining\/climbing habit. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 6 in apart, and leave 36 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 80-89 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest green-shell beans when seed is fully sized but soft, or allow pods to dry completely for pantry and seed use. Plan on 80-89 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Hidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean for dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eHidatsa Shield Figure is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eCommon beans are primarily self-pollinating, but insects can move pollen. Separate varieties, use blossom barriers, or record the isolation method. Organic Seed Alliance gives 100–150 feet as a home-use reference for snap-bean seed production.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Hidatsa Shield Figure Pole Dry Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046035669294,"sku":"BN17","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-hidatsa-shield-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn17-338058.jpg?v=1774065711"},{"product_id":"turks-turban-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Turk's Turban","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurk's Turban Winter squash seeds produce mixed winter squash, 3-5 pound, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is mildly sweet and edible when young, though it’s best known for its decorative beauty. Turk's Turban Squash Gourd Seeds produce exotic, multicolored heirloom squash with decorative “turban” cap and sweet, edible flesh.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Turk's Turban\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurk's Turban is an annual winter squash with mixed color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: 3-5 pound. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is mildly sweet and edible when young, though it’s best known for its decorative beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurk's Turban circulates as a named winter squash within the cultivated history of Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Seed sold as Turk's Turban is identified by its mixed color, growth form, harvest use, and the documented harvest traits. A complete breeder record, introduction year, family story, or uninterrupted custody chain has not been located for this seed lot. The cultivar identity is tied to observable crop traits that can be checked in a grow-out, not to an unsupported origin story. The showpiece squash with a flair for drama. ‘Turk’s Turban’ produces uniquely shaped fruits featuring a colorful “cap” atop a rounded base, painted in red, orange, green, and cream. The flesh is mildly sweet and edible when young, though it’s best known for its decorative beauty. Gourd Seeds - Turk's Turban Squash belongs to a crop lineage strongly associated with Mesoamerican agriculture and long traditions of seed selection. Growers preserved useful traits such as flavor, color, yield, field adaptation, and culinary value over many generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Turk's Turban from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Turk's Turban Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 24 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Turk's Turban enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurk's Turban is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 3-5 pound. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. The flesh is mildly sweet and edible when young, though it’s best known for its decorative beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Turk's Turban Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Turk's Turban for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Turk's Turban ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. The flesh is mildly sweet and edible when young, though it’s best known for its decorative beauty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046036488494,"sku":"SQ6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/gourd-seeds-turks-turban-squash-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq6-36488494-6427100.jpg?v=1767990355"},{"product_id":"seneca-buffalo-creek-squash","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Seneca Buffalo Creek Squash","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeneca Buffalo Creek Winter squash seeds produce orange winter squash whose size varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. This distinctive squash is prized for its sweet, smooth flesh and its versatility in roasting, baking, soups, pies, and other autumn and winter dishes. Seneca Buffalo Creek Squash Seeds produce historic Indigenous-linked heirloom squash with rich orange flesh, strong keeping quality, and excellent flavor for winter cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Seneca Buffalo Creek\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeneca Buffalo Creek is an annual winter squash with orange color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. This distinctive squash is prized for its sweet, smooth flesh and its versatility in roasting, baking, soups, pies, and other autumn and winter dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuffalo Creek squash is associated in seed-history accounts with Seneca agriculture in western New York and with the later commercial squash known as Boston Marrow. That history shows how an Indigenous-associated crop could enter wider produce and seed markets under a different name. The documented association is retained, but the present commercial lot is not represented as having an uninterrupted, fully verified custody chain. Its orange flesh, winter storage, and cooking uses are described separately from questions of community authentication and seed-lot provenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Seneca Buffalo Creek from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Seneca Buffalo Creek Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Seneca Buffalo Creek enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeneca Buffalo Creek is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Orange. This distinctive squash is prized for its sweet, smooth flesh and its versatility in roasting, baking, soups, pies, and other autumn and winter dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Seneca Buffalo Creek Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Seneca Buffalo Creek for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Seneca Buffalo Creek ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. This distinctive squash is prized for its sweet, smooth flesh and its versatility in roasting, baking, soups, pies, and other autumn and winter dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046036685102,"sku":"SQ7","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-seneca-buffalo-creek-squash-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq7-871939.jpg?v=1774070828"},{"product_id":"mongolian-giant-sunflower","title":"Sunflower Seeds - Mongolian Giant Sunflower","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMongolian Giant Sunflower seeds produce yellow bloom on 120 in+ upright\/erect plants. Annual growth and Summer\/Fall bloom make it useful for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Mongolian Giant\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMongolian Giant is an annual sunflower with yellow color, 120 in+ mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Flower or head form characteristic of Mongolian Giant; mature plant 120 in+. Botanically it is Helianthus annuus. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-14 Days at 65–80 °F. Best for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunflower, Helianthus annuus, originated in North America and was cultivated by Native peoples for food, oil, dye, and other uses before its spread around the world. Modern named garden strains emphasize differences in plant height, branching, ray color, head form, seed size, and days to bloom. Public records do not document a single breeder for every catalog name, so the named strain is retained without adding an unsupported release story. A complete public breeder or release record for the named Mongolian Giant strain has not been located. The cultivar name is retained, but no person, community, date, or place of origin is assigned without reliable documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eHelianthus annuus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 in+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Mongolian Giant from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Mongolian Giant Sunflower\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Helianthus annuus. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 65–80 °F. Expected emergence: 7-14 Days. Use clean seed-starting conditions, the listed depth and temperature, and steady moisture without saturation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 12 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a longer display of Mongolian Giant, remove spent blooms unless seed is being saved. Give the plant its listed spacing, cut flowers with clean tools, and leave selected heads to mature fully for seed. Expected emergence is 7-14 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMongolian Giant is suited to sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Its yellow flowers and 120 in+ stature help determine whether it belongs in a border, cutting row, container, meadow edge, or restoration-style planting. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSave seed from several healthy, true-to-type Mongolian Giant plants identified before harvest. Confirm the pollination system of Helianthus annuus, separate compatible varieties that flower together, and remove clear off-types before they shed pollen or seed. Allow fruit, pods, ears, or seed heads to reach full biological maturity, then clean and dry the seed completely. Label the lot with variety, source, year, isolation method, number of seed plants, and any selection notes; store it cool, dark, and dry and test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: damping-off from saturated media; poor emergence from wrong temperature or depth; leggy seedlings from weak light; crowding and weak airflow; lodging in wind or rain; feeding damage from slugs, caterpillars, beetles, or mammals; foliar disease under prolonged leaf wetness; bird or squirrel feeding on maturing heads; stem lodging on giant plants. Management: use clean media, the sowing depth and temperature, strong light, appropriate thinning, and morning irrigation at soil level. Match support to plant height before wind becomes a problem. Inspect regularly and use the least disruptive control appropriate to the pest, plant, and pollinator setting. Remove diseased debris and rotate annual flower beds where recurring disease is severe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Mongolian Giant ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from sowing to the primary bloom or market stage used for the listed maturity range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-14 Days near 65–80 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 120 in+ with an upright\/erect habit. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in the ground; a container would need to be exceptionally large, heavy, and stable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary role: Sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046036848942,"sku":"FL8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/sunflower-seeds-mongolian-giant-sunflower-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-fl8-970704.jpg?v=1774054237"},{"product_id":"red-russian-kale","title":"Kale Seeds - Red Russian Kale","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Russian Kale seeds produce a cold-tolerant kale with flat, deeply cut leaves, purple stems, and tender young growth. Red Russian Kale performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Baby leaf, salads, fall harvest, cold weather, and repeated cutting are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Red Russian Kale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Russian Kale is a biennial selection of kale, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 25–30 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include red coloring; broad frilled leaves; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Red Russian Kale, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiberian and Russian kale types are often maintained within Brassica napus rather than Brassica oleracea. That species distinction affects crossing relationships and is more important for seed saving than a broad marketing label such as kale. Red Russian is a long-circulating Brassica napus kale type. The common name reflects seed-trade history, not a complete record of every selection behind modern lots. The common name reflects seed-trade history, not a complete record of every selection behind modern lots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica napus L. Pabularia Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–30 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Red Russian Kale from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Broad frilled leaves. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Red Russian Kale plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Compatible Brassica napus crops can cross. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Red Russian Kale is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Red Russian Kale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Red Russian Kale ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 25–30 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046042812718,"sku":"KA2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/files\/kale-seeds-red-russian-kale-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ka2-42812718-5230644.jpg?v=1767990346"},{"product_id":"dwarf-siberian-kale","title":"Kale Seeds - Dwarf Siberian Kale","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe northern classic for tender greens. ‘Dwarf Siberian’ kale forms compact rosettes of soft, finely curled blue-green leaves with a mild, sweet flavor that intensifies after frost. The leaves stay tender even when mature, making them excellent for fresh or cooked use. Ideal for overwintering in mild regions or early-spring harvests elsewhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Dwarf Siberian Kale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDwarf Siberian Kale is a biennial selection of kale, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Dwarf Siberian Kale when the garden plan calls for leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving and the listed rosette habit fits the available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSiberian and Russian kale types are often maintained within Brassica napus rather than Brassica oleracea. That species distinction affects crossing relationships and is more important for seed saving than a broad marketing label such as kale. Kale Seeds - Dwarf Siberian Kale belongs to a plant lineage long associated with Mediterranean and Old World garden agriculture. It was selected over generations for kitchen, market, ornamental, or herbal value and remains useful in modern home gardens. Originating from Russian heritage lines, this variety remains a dependable staple for cool-climate gardeners-hardy, flavorful, and quick to mature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica napus L. Pabularia Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-69 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Dwarf Siberian Kale from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 18 in apart with 30 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Dwarf Siberian Kale plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Compatible Brassica napus crops can cross. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Dwarf Siberian Kale is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Dwarf Siberian Kale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Dwarf Siberian Kale ready? Use 60-69 Days. Approximately 60-69 Days, from transplanting to the primary market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 18 in apart and rows 30 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Medium to large container or in-ground bed; avoid crowding Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica napus. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046043173166,"sku":"KA1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/kale-seeds-dwarf-siberian-kale-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-ka1-43173166-8916042.jpg?v=1767989222"},{"product_id":"dragon-carrot","title":"Carrot Seeds - Dragon Carrot","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Carrot seeds produce a striking heirloom carrot known for its dramatic purple skin, bright orange interior, and sweet, crisp flavor. Dragon Carrot seeds are an excellent choice for growers who want a colorful, flavorful carrot that combines eye-catching appearance with reliable garden performance and kitchen versatility. This remarkable carrot stands out for its bold coloration and smooth roots that are well suited to fresh eating, roasting, juicing, and bunching.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Dragon Carrot\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDragon Carrot is a biennial selection of carrot, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Notable traits include purple coloring; harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color; sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Dragon Carrot when the garden plan calls for fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving and the listed upright\/erect habit fits the available space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCultivated carrots were shaped from Eurasian wild carrot populations, with early selection emphasizing aromatic roots and later regional selection producing familiar orange, yellow, white, red, and purple garden forms. Modern market classes such as Nantes, Danvers, Chantenay, Imperator, and round forcing types describe root form more reliably than an unsupported pedigree story. Dragon Carrot is a visually striking carrot variety celebrated for its purple exterior, orange interior, and sweet, crisp texture, but its deeper significance lies in the way it reconnects modern growers with the older history of carrot diversity. Long before orange carrots became the dominant market standard, cultivated carrots existed in a wider range of colors, especially purple and yellow forms that were associated with early domesticated carrot lineages. Dragon Carrot reflects that broader heritage by preserving the dramatic pigmentation and visual complexity that many modern commercial carrots no longer display. In that sense, it is not only a beautiful root crop, but also a reminder that the history of the carrot is far more diverse than the narrow color range most people now expect. The larger story of carrot domestication begins in Central Asia, especially in the region associated with present-day Afghanistan and surrounding areas, where early cultivated carrots were developed from wild ancestral forms. For home gardeners, market growers, and heirloom enthusiasts alike, Dragon Carrot seeds offer vivid harvests, crisp texture, and a memorable blend of ornamental beauty and everyday culinary value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eDaucus carota L. subsp. sativus (Hoffm.) Arcang.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70-79 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-21 Days at 55–70 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 in between plants; 12 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSandy loam; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Dragon Carrot from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 10-21 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 55–70 °F. Germination preparation: Direct sow into a prepared, weed-free seedbed; avoid disturbing developing roots or dense stands. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: Optional short soak; do not leave seed waterlogged. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 2 in apart with 12 in between rows. Use sandy loam with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest when shoulders reach the expected cultivar width and roots have developed full color. Uses: Fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Best uses include fresh roots, storage, cooking, color diversity, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: sweet and aromatic with texture shaped by soil and harvest age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Dragon Carrot plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Compatible plants of the same species can cross through insect activity; wild relatives matter for carrot and parsnip. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Dragon Carrot is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Carrot rust fly or root maggot where present, aphids, caterpillars, leaf spots, damping-off, and uneven emergence from crusted soil. Management: Use clean seedbeds, rotation, careful watering, prompt thinning, airflow, and locally appropriate exclusion methods. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Dragon Carrot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Dragon Carrot ready? Use 70-79 Days. Approximately 70-79 Days, from direct sowing to market-size roots. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 10-21 Days at about 55–70 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 2 in apart and rows 12 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated umbel crop. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046048219438,"sku":"CR4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/carrot-seeds-dragon-carrot-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cr4-48219438-7952020.jpg?v=1774070784"},{"product_id":"rattlesnake-snap-pole-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Rattlesnake","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRattlesnake Pole Snap Bean seeds grow into plants with a vining\/climbing habit, valued for fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. The crop produces dark-green pods about 7–10 in with purple streaking. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Rattlesnake Pole Snap Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRattlesnake Pole Snap Bean has a vining\/climbing habit. Its principal color is green, and its pod or seed form is Dark-green pods about 7–10 in with purple streaking. Flavor: Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. Best for fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Maturity: 70-79 Days. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Rattlesnake Pole Snap Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell Cooperative Extension identifies Rattlesnake as a pole bean with long purple-streaked pods, striped seed, and documented drought tolerance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon bean has distinct Mesoamerican and Andean domestication histories, so a modern cultivar name alone does not reveal which gene pool a seed lot belongs to. This record therefore uses “Uncertain \/ Multiple Centers” unless the named market class itself supports a narrower classification. Snap, shell, and dry uses are harvest stages or market purposes within the species, not separate botanical species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRattlesnake Pole Snap Bean is selected for fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. The relevant pod or seed form is Dark-green pods about 7–10 in with purple streaking. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e70-79 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e36 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Rattlesnake seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 65–80 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 6 in apart with 36 in between rows. Install a sturdy trellis before sowing so roots are not disturbed later; guide young tendrils or vines to the support. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Rattlesnake Pole Snap Bean in late spring. The crop has a vining\/climbing habit. Plant height: 73–96 in. Support: Trellis. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 6 in apart, and leave 36 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 70-79 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest when pods are plump, crisp, and still tender. Plan on 70-79 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Rattlesnake Pole Snap Bean for fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eRattlesnake is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eCommon beans are primarily self-pollinating, but insects can move pollen. Separate varieties, use blossom barriers, or record the isolation method. Organic Seed Alliance gives 100–150 feet as a home-use reference for snap-bean seed production.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Rattlesnake Pole Snap Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e73–96 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046050185518,"sku":"BN8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-rattlesnake-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn8-721337.jpg?v=1774066796"},{"product_id":"corn-painted-mountain-flour","title":"Corn Seeds - Flour - Painted Mountain","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePainted Mountain Flour corn seeds grow into upright\/erect plants reaching 73–96 in and producing 6–7 in ears; 8 kernel rows. The mixed kernels are suited to block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Painted Mountain Flour Corn Seeds produce hardy heirloom flour corn with multicolored kernels bred for high altitudes and exceptional flavor in breads and tortillas.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Painted Mountain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted Mountain is an annual flour corn with mixed color, 73–96 in mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: 6–7 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Botanically it is Zea mays L. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 70–85 °F. Best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Soft starchy kernels that mill readily into fine meal or flour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted Mountain is an early flour-corn population developed by Dave Christensen through decades of selection from many northern and high-elevation corn accessions. The breeding goal emphasized short-season maturity, cold-soil emergence, drought resilience, and a broad range of kernel colors. It was selected over many generations under short, cool growing seasons in Montana. Because it is a composite population, ears and kernel colors can vary, and seed saving should retain a broad population rather than narrowing the line to only one color. Its history is a modern composite-breeding story; the individual ancestral accessions should not be collapsed into one tribal or regional origin claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eZea mays L.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 70–85 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73–96 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Painted Mountain from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Painted Mountain Flour corn\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Zea mays L. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 70–85 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. Direct sow after frost when the seed zone is warm; do not soak seed in cold or waterlogged soil\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 10 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant Painted Mountain in a block rather than one long row so wind-carried pollen reaches the silks. Keep the bed evenly watered from tasseling through ear fill, and protect mature ears from birds and mammals if seed saving. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted Mountain is best for block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: 6–7 in ears; 8 kernel rows. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. Soft starchy kernels that mill readily into fine meal or flour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Painted Mountain Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Corn is wind-pollinated and highly outcrossing. Grow a substantial population in a block rather than one long row, and isolate the seed crop from other corn by distance, flowering time, or controlled pollination. Mark representative plants before pollen shed and remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen. For seed, leave ears until husks are brown and kernels are hard. Harvest before prolonged wet weather or animal loss, remove husks, and dry ears with strong air circulation until kernels cannot be dented with a fingernail. Shell, screen, and winnow only after full dry-down. Label the crop, cultivar, lot, year, field, population size, isolation method, selected plants, and any unusual ears. Store fully dry seed cool, dark, and protected from moisture and rodents. Test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted Mountain can be affected by poor pollination, corn earworm, armyworms, stalk lodging, smut, leaf diseases, birds, and rodents. Plant in a block, maintain even moisture at tasseling and silking, use balanced fertility, rotate crops, and inspect ears before storage. Uneven kernel fill usually points to pollen or silk stress rather than a seed-count problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Painted Mountain ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to dry seed or fully mature harvest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 70–85 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 73–96 in with an upright\/erect habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in an in-ground block large enough for dependable wind pollination; not recommended as a single container specimen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: block planting, dependable pollination, dry or fresh harvest, and seed saving. Soft starchy kernels that mill readily into fine meal or flour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046050513198,"sku":"CN8","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/corn-seeds-flour-painted-mountain-flour-corn-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-cn8-50513198-6915271.jpg?v=1767989210"},{"product_id":"squash-lakota","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Lakota Squash","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLakota Winter squash seeds produce mixed winter squash whose size varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Lakota squash is a beautiful heirloom winter squash known for its rich orange-red coloring, green striping, and sweet, fine-textured flesh. Lakota is classified as winter squash with mixed harvest color, selected for roasting, baking, soups, storage, and seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Lakota\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLakota is an annual winter squash with mixed color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 90-99 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Lakota squash is a beautiful heirloom winter squash known for its rich orange-red coloring, green striping, and sweet, fine-textured flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLakota is sold as a named Cucurbita maxima winter squash with mixed rind color and storage use. The name carries a tribal association, but the present commercial seed lot has not been independently authenticated by the Lakota people or tied to a documented community custody chain. Its identity rests on the fruit, vining habit, cooking qualities, and storage performance observed in the maintained line. Supplier, grow-out, and selection records should remain with saved seed so future provenance claims can rest on evidence rather than the cultivar name alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90-99 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Lakota from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Lakota Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Lakota enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 90-99 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLakota is best for productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Harvest form or size: Varies with the maintained seed lot and growing conditions. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Mixed. Lakota squash is a beautiful heirloom winter squash known for its rich orange-red coloring, green striping, and sweet, fine-textured flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Lakota Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Lakota for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Lakota ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90-99 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: productive warm-season beds, trellises or sprawling vines, kitchen use, and seed saving. Lakota squash is a beautiful heirloom winter squash known for its rich orange-red coloring, green striping, and sweet, fine-textured flesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e20 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046051627310,"sku":"SQ5","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-lakota-squash-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq5-133900.jpg?v=1767989211"},{"product_id":"bean-dragon-s-tongue","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Dragon Tongue","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean seeds grow into plants with a bush habit, valued for tender wax pods, fresh cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. The crop produces flat pods about 5–8 in. Tender, mild, and gently sweet when the wax pods are harvested young. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Dragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean has a bush habit. Its principal color is mixed, and its pod or seed form is Flat pods about 5–8 in. Flavor: Tender, mild, and gently sweet when the wax pods are harvested young. Best for tender wax pods, fresh cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Maturity: 50-59 Days. Plant height: 19–24 in. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Dragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCornell describes Dragon Tongue as a Dutch strain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon bean has distinct Mesoamerican and Andean domestication histories, so a modern cultivar name alone does not reveal which gene pool a seed lot belongs to. This record therefore uses “Uncertain \/ Multiple Centers” unless the named market class itself supports a narrower classification. Snap, shell, and dry uses are harvest stages or market purposes within the species, not separate botanical species.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean is selected for tender wax pods, fresh cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Tender, mild, and gently sweet when the wax pods are harvested young. The relevant pod or seed form is Flat pods about 5–8 in. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e50-59 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Dragon Tongue seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 65–80 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 4 in apart with 24 in between rows. No structural support is normally required; use a short support only if lodging develops. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Dragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean in late spring. The crop has a bush habit. Plant height: 19–24 in. Support: No-Support. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 4 in apart, and leave 24 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 50-59 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest green-shell beans when seed is fully sized but soft, or allow pods to dry completely for pantry and seed use. Plan on 50-59 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Dragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean for tender wax pods, fresh cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Tender, mild, and gently sweet when the wax pods are harvested young. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eDragon Tongue is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eCommon beans are primarily self-pollinating, but insects can move pollen. Separate varieties, use blossom barriers, or record the isolation method. Organic Seed Alliance gives 100–150 feet as a home-use reference for snap-bean seed production.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Dragon Tongue Bush Wax Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-59 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e19–24 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046051922222,"sku":"BN6","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-dragons-tongue-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn6-912378.jpg?v=1774066925"},{"product_id":"sunflower-titan","title":"Sunflower Seeds - Titan Sunflower","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTitan Sunflower seeds produce yellow bloom on 120 in+ upright\/erect plants. Annual growth and Summer\/Fall bloom make it useful for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Titan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTitan is an annual sunflower with yellow color, 120 in+ mature height or spread, and an upright\/erect habit. Harvest form or size: Flower or head form characteristic of Titan; mature plant 120 in+. Botanically it is Helianthus annuus. Maturity or first bloom: 80-89 Days; germination: 7-14 Days at 65–80 °F. Best for sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunflower, Helianthus annuus, originated in North America and was cultivated by Native peoples for food, oil, dye, and other uses before its spread around the world. Modern named garden strains emphasize differences in plant height, branching, ray color, head form, seed size, and days to bloom. Public records do not document a single breeder for every catalog name, so the named strain is retained without adding an unsupported release story. A complete public breeder or release record for the named Titan strain has not been located. The cultivar name is retained, but no person, community, date, or place of origin is assigned without reliable documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eHelianthus annuus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 in+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 in between plants; 30 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Titan from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Titan Sunflower\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Helianthus annuus. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 65–80 °F. Expected emergence: 7-14 Days. Use clean seed-starting conditions, the listed depth and temperature, and steady moisture without saturation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 12 in apart with 30 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a longer display of Titan, remove spent blooms unless seed is being saved. Give the plant its listed spacing, cut flowers with clean tools, and leave selected heads to mature fully for seed. Expected emergence is 7-14 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 80-89 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTitan is suited to sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Its yellow flowers and 120 in+ stature help determine whether it belongs in a border, cutting row, container, meadow edge, or restoration-style planting. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSave seed from several healthy, true-to-type Titan plants identified before harvest. Confirm the pollination system of Helianthus annuus, separate compatible varieties that flower together, and remove clear off-types before they shed pollen or seed. Allow fruit, pods, ears, or seed heads to reach full biological maturity, then clean and dry the seed completely. Label the lot with variety, source, year, isolation method, number of seed plants, and any selection notes; store it cool, dark, and dry and test germination before an important planting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: damping-off from saturated media; poor emergence from wrong temperature or depth; leggy seedlings from weak light; crowding and weak airflow; lodging in wind or rain; feeding damage from slugs, caterpillars, beetles, or mammals; foliar disease under prolonged leaf wetness; bird or squirrel feeding on maturing heads; stem lodging on giant plants. Management: use clean media, the sowing depth and temperature, strong light, appropriate thinning, and morning irrigation at soil level. Match support to plant height before wind becomes a problem. Inspect regularly and use the least disruptive control appropriate to the pest, plant, and pollinator setting. Remove diseased debris and rotate annual flower beds where recurring disease is severe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Titan ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from sowing to the primary bloom or market stage used for the listed maturity range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-14 Days near 65–80 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 120 in+ with an upright\/erect habit. Support: Stake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in the ground; a container would need to be exceptionally large, heavy, and stable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary role: Sunny borders, cut flowers, pollinator use, seed heads, and seed saving. Ornamental bloom and mature seed use depend on the named strain and harvest stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046052217134,"sku":"FL3","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/sunflower-seeds-titan-sunflower-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-fl3-198175.jpg?v=1774051893"},{"product_id":"contender-bluff-valentine-bush-snap-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Contender \/ Bluff Valentine Seed Lot","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContender \/ Bluff Valentine seeds produce a bush snap bean seed lot with an unresolved cultivar identity. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 13–18 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. Harvest timing is based on flowering, pod development, dry-down, and the intended use rather than one unsupported day range.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Contender \/ Bluff Valentine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContender \/ Bluff Valentine is sold as a bush snap bean selection. The principal color is green, and the harvest form is Tender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge. Best uses include fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean, Bean Seeds - Bush - Contender, Bluff Valentine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eNot confirmed for this seed lot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eTender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003eUse crop-stage cues rather than one unsupported day range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe present product name combines Contender and Bluff Valentine, two names that cannot safely be treated as universal synonyms from the documentation currently attached to this lot. Cornell maintains a distinct record for Contender as a bush snap bean, while the surviving store record does not show whether the packet is Contender, Bluff Valentine, a renamed selection, or an intentional mixture. The seed is therefore described by the traits that can be observed and maintained: a compact common bean grown for tender green snap pods. Future Contender \/ Bluff Valentine grow-outs should keep the original supplier, packet wording, lot, year, location, isolation notes, representative plant count, and observed harvest traits together. That record can clarify the maintained line without making the name or family account stronger than the seed and documentation support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the exact identity is unresolved, select and harvest by the traits actually present in the row: compact plants, uniform green pods, and tenderness before the developing seed becomes prominent. Until the packet source is confirmed, judge maturity by the tender-pod stage and keep saved seed labeled as the combined Contender \/ Bluff Valentine lot. Photographs and field notes from the next grow-out may make a later identification possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Tender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed. Fresh snap pods, cooking, freezing, tested pressure canning, and seed saving. Fresh green-bean flavor with tender pod walls when harvested before the seeds bulge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Contender \/ Bluff Valentine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 13–18 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Contender \/ Bluff Valentine; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Tender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJudge readiness by crop stage and intended use rather than assigning an unsupported calendar number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo single day range is shown; use flowering, pod development, dry-down, and the intended eating or seed stage to judge readiness. Harvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Tender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Contender \/ Bluff Valentine plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Contender \/ Bluff Valentine for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy is there no maturity number for Contender \/ Bluff Valentine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact cultivar or intended field stage does not support one honest universal number. Use flowering, pod fill, dry-down, or the planned cover-crop stage instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Contender \/ Bluff Valentine need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 13–18 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Contender \/ Bluff Valentine be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest for eating while pods are tender and before the seed becomes prominent. The crop is described as Tender snap pods harvested before the developing seed becomes prominent. Leave separately marked pods to mature fully when saving seed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is known about the seed-lot identity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packet may represent Contender, Bluff Valentine, a renamed line, or a mixture. Keep the original packet name, supplier, lot, and grow-out notes with the seed while stronger documentation is gathered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046052905262,"sku":"BN29","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-bush-contender-bluff-valentine-bean-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn29-52905262-7486264.jpg?v=1774065876"},{"product_id":"jacobs-cattle-bush-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Bush - Jacob's Cattle","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJacob's Cattle seeds produce a speckled bush dry bean. Plants have a compact bush habit. Plants typically reach 19–24 in. Seeds generally emerge in 7–14 Days at 65–80 °F. The first representative harvest is generally reached in 80-89 Days from direct sowing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Jacob's Cattle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJacob's Cattle is sold as a bush dry bean selection. The principal color is mixed, and the harvest form is Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Best uses include dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Other seed records may list it as Bean, Bean Seeds - Bush - Jacob's Cattle Bean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScientific name:\u003c\/strong\u003ePhaseolus vulgaris L.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLife cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003eAnnual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting season:\u003c\/strong\u003eLate Spring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eBush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e19–24 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 65–80 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e4 in between plants; 24 in between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater:\u003c\/strong\u003eModerate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReproductive type:\u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-Pollinated (OP)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHarvest form:\u003c\/strong\u003eDry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-89 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and seedkeeping context\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJacob's Cattle is a well-known northeastern dry bean distinguished by white seed heavily marked in maroon. Cornell records it as a bush dry bean and documents the speckled seed pattern. Stories about the name and its earliest regional keepers vary across modern catalogs, so available evidence does not support assigning one community, family, or place of origin without stronger evidence. The maintained identity rests on the recognizable seed coat, bush habit, dry-bean harvest, and lot records that accompany the seed. Continued stewardship of Jacob's Cattle depends on keeping the original source, lot, year, growing location, isolation method, representative plant count, and harvest traits together. Those records help future seedkeepers distinguish the named variety from similar market classes while preserving both its useful traits and its documented history.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this variety is distinct\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maroon-on-white pattern is useful for selection, but seed color should be judged only after full drying because immature beans can look different. Jacob's Cattle is suited to baked beans, soups, and slow-cooked dishes. Clean and store only fully dry seed, and keep visibly atypical seeds separate for evaluation before changing the selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and kitchen or field use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot. Dry beans, soups, baking, stews, pantry storage, and seed saving. Rich, earthy, and creamy when the dry beans are thoroughly cooked. Cook mature dry seed thoroughly before eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to grow Jacob's Cattle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow 1 in deep during the late spring planting window. Keep the seed zone near 65–80 °F and evenly moist until emergence, normally 7–14 Days. Grow in full sun with loamy soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Space plants 4 in apart and rows 24 in apart. Keep the soil evenly moist through flowering and pod fill without leaving the root zone saturated. No trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil. Plants typically reach 19–24 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWait for warm soil in the late spring planting window before sowing Jacob's Cattle; cold wet ground delays emergence and encourages rot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater consistently through flowering and pod fill, then reduce irrigation as dry-seed crops approach final cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo trellis or staking is normally required, although low edging can keep heavily loaded plants off the soil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 80-89 Days as the planning range, while allowing for shifts caused by weather, soil temperature, and plant stress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaturity and harvest timing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days from direct sowing to the first dry-seed harvest under suitable conditions. Allow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crop is largely self-pollinating, but occasional insect-carried crossing can occur among compatible varieties. Save from several healthy, true-to-type Jacob's Cattle plants rather than one exceptional individual. Mark seed plants before the eating harvest, remove clear off-types before they contribute pollen, and let seed reach full biological maturity. Shell only fully dry pods, discard moldy or insect-damaged seed, and dry the cleaned seed again before storage. Label the lot with crop, variety, source, year, location, plant count, isolation method, and selection traits. Keep the original packet and lot history with the saved seed so later grow-outs can be compared without relying only on memory or seed color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Jacob's Cattle for bean beetles, aphids, leafhoppers, mites, pod-feeding insects, bacterial or fungal leaf spots, rust, mosaic symptoms, and root rots. Rotate away from legumes, avoid working wet foliage, water at the soil line, and remove badly diseased plants. Cold wet soil commonly causes poor emergence; excess nitrogen can create leafy growth with fewer pods. Save seed only from healthy representative plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Jacob's Cattle take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder suitable conditions, plan on 80-89 Days from direct sowing to the harvest stage described here. Weather and soil temperature can shift the actual date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes Jacob's Cattle need support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not. The bush plants are normally self-supporting. Mature plants are listed at 19–24 in; low edging can help in exposed sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow should Jacob's Cattle be harvested?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow pods and seed to dry fully before shelling, and harvest before repeated rain or shattering damages the lot. The crop is described as Dry seed selected for the named cultivar, market class, or maintained seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan seed be saved from Jacob's Cattle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Save from several healthy representative plants, isolate from compatible varieties when purity matters, and label fully dry seed with its source, year, and selection notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046052970798,"sku":"BN2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-jacobs-cattle-beans-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-bn2-898794.jpg?v=1774067425"},{"product_id":"bear-paw-scarlet-runner-pole-bean","title":"Bean Seeds - Pole - Runner - Bear Paw Runner","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-legume-profile\" data-aonsk-phase43=\"batch003\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBear Paw Runner Bean seeds grow into plants with a vining\/climbing habit, valued for flowering trellises, young cooked pods, shell beans, dry beans, pollinator gardens, and seed saving. The crop produces long pods and large runner-bean seed; harvest stage determines use. Meaty and nutty after thorough cooking; young pods are best before fibers develop. This page brings together its documented history, planting needs, harvest stages, kitchen uses, and seed-saving guidance.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Bear Paw Runner Bean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBear Paw Runner Bean has a vining\/climbing habit. Its principal color is mixed, and its pod or seed form is Long pods and large runner-bean seed; harvest stage determines use. Flavor: Meaty and nutty after thorough cooking; young pods are best before fibers develop. Best for flowering trellises, young cooked pods, shell beans, dry beans, pollinator gardens, and seed saving. Maturity: 70-79 Days. Plant height: 97–120 in. Support: Trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanically, Bear Paw Runner Bean belongs to\u003cem\u003ePhaseolus coccineus L.\u003c\/em\u003eCommon terms such as bean, pea, butterbean, cowpea, snap, shell, snow, dry, and edible-pod describe crop relationships or harvest uses; they are not interchangeable cultivar names.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBear Paw is selected for its large, dramatic seed pattern and ornamental edible value. var. coccineus. A scientific name does not replace the variety story, but it prevents unrelated crops from being folded together under a familiar common name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRunner bean is a separate species from common bean and is known for vigorous vines, showy flowers, and large edible seed. It may behave as a short-lived perennial in frost-free climates but is treated as an annual crop in this catalog.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the surviving record is incomplete, the origin is described as uncertain rather than filled with repeated catalog folklore. A variety name, community association, or regional food use is not used to assign a tribal, ethnic, or national identity to a person connected with the present seed lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePod, seed, flavor, and kitchen use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBear Paw Runner Bean is selected for flowering trellises, young cooked pods, shell beans, dry beans, pollinator gardens, and seed saving. Meaty and nutty after thorough cooking; young pods are best before fibers develop. The relevant pod or seed form is Long pods and large runner-bean seed; harvest stage determines use. Harvest stage determines texture and use: snap and edible-pod crops are picked young; shell beans and peas are harvested with full-size soft seed; dry beans and peas remain until the seed is mature and dry. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Culinary quality varies with harvest stage, weather, irrigation, and storage, so the description states a cultivar tendency rather than a guaranteed flavor result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth habit:\u003c\/strong\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant height:\u003c\/strong\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e70-79 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination:\u003c\/strong\u003e7–14 Days at 60–75 °F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e6 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e36 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupport:\u003c\/strong\u003eTrellis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSun and water:\u003c\/strong\u003eFull sun; Moderate water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil:\u003c\/strong\u003eLoamy, well-drained soil at pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum seed count:\u003c\/strong\u003e10 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSowing and establishment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sow Bear Paw Runner seed 1 in deep when the soil and season match this crop. Maintain a seed-zone temperature of 60–75 °F; expect emergence in 7–14 Days. Space plants 6 in apart with 36 in between rows. Install a sturdy trellis before sowing so roots are not disturbed later; guide young tendrils or vines to the support. Grow in full sun in loamy, well-drained soil near pH 6.0–6.5. Keep moisture moderate and especially steady during flowering and pod fill, but avoid waterlogged soil. Direct sowing is preferred because large legume seed and young roots can be damaged by rough handling. Apply nitrogen only according to a soil test; excessive nitrogen can produce lush vines at the expense of flowers and pods. Do not cultivate or harvest among wet foliage because bacterial and fungal diseases can be spread mechanically. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeason-long care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow Bear Paw Runner Bean in late spring. The crop has a vining\/climbing habit. Plant height: 97–120 in. Support: Trellis. Seed germinates in 7–14 Days at 60–75 °F; sow 1 in deep, space plants 6 in apart, and leave 36 in between rows. Provide full sun, moderate water, and loamy soil at pH 6.0–6.5. Frost response: Tender. Primary-harvest timing: 70-79 Days. Mulch after seedlings establish to moderate soil moisture and reduce splash. Scout weekly for chewing insects, aphids, distorted growth, spots, wilt, and pod damage. Rotate away from legumes when disease pressure has built, remove seriously diseased plants, and preserve source and lot information when replanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, food use, and storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest green-shell beans when seed is fully sized but soft, or allow pods to dry completely for pantry and seed use. Plan on 70-79 Days from direct sowing to the primary harvest stage. Use Bear Paw Runner Bean for flowering trellises, young cooked pods, shell beans, dry beans, pollinator gardens, and seed saving. Meaty and nutty after thorough cooking; young pods are best before fibers develop. Cook mature dry beans or peas thoroughly before eating. Use food-safe procedures for any seed intended for sprouting. Cool fresh peas and green pods promptly after harvest. For dry beans or peas, reduce irrigation as seed matures, harvest before shattering or prolonged wet weather, finish curing under cover, shell or thresh gently, and store only fully dry seed. For canning, use a current tested pressure-canning process appropriate to the food; do not substitute an untested method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed Saving\u003cbr\u003e====================\u003cbr\u003ePicking plants\u003cbr\u003eBear Paw Runner is recorded as Open-Pollinated (OP). Select healthy, true-to-type plants that represent the maintained population rather than saving from one unusually early or large plant.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIsolation\/Pollination control\u003cbr\u003eThis crop can receive substantial insect-carried pollen. Use greater isolation, caging, or controlled pollination than for ordinary self-pollinating bush beans, and record the method.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFull maturity\u003cbr\u003eAllow seed pods to pass beyond eating maturity and become fully mature for the species. Harvest before brittle pods shatter, finish curing under cover with airflow, then thresh or shell gently.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHarvesting seeds\u003cbr\u003eHarvest in dry weather when possible. Keep plants or pods from different varieties and selections separate from the moment they leave the row.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleaning\u003cbr\u003eShell or thresh gently, remove chaff, split seed, insect-damaged seed, moldy seed, and obvious off-types. Large legume seed is easily damaged by rough handling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDrying\u003cbr\u003eSpread cleaned seed in a thin layer with airflow until it is fully dry before sealing. Do not trap field moisture in a jar or plastic bag.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStoring\/Labeling\u003cbr\u003eLabel crop, cultivar or market class, source, lot, year, grower, location, isolation method, selection notes, harvest stage, and cleaning date. Store cool, dry, dark, and protected from pests.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eViability test\u003cbr\u003eBefore an important planting or distribution, test a representative sample and record normal seedlings, abnormal seedlings, hard seed where relevant, and dead seed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExtra tips\u003cbr\u003eKeep the original packet or photograph it. Compare the next grow-out with this variety description, and document any stable difference before changing the published traits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems and field diagnosis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor emergence usually follows soil that is too cold, saturated, crusted, or compacted, or seed damaged during handling. Recheck the listed germination temperature and seed depth before reseeding. Flower or pod abortion can follow heat, drought, waterlogging, excess nitrogen, or poor pollinator conditions in crops that depend more heavily on insects. Stringy pods often reflect overmaturity or water stress. Yellowing can indicate root stress, nutrient imbalance, disease, or normal late-season dry-down. Avoid diagnosing by one symptom alone. Use local Cooperative Extension guidance and preserve photographs, dates, weather, irrigation, and plant-location notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does Bear Paw Runner Bean take to germinate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7–14 Days at 60–75 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen should I harvest it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70-79 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow tall is the plant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e97–120 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat support should I install?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, while maintaining selection, isolation, lot identity, and full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e10 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046053200174,"sku":"RB2","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/bean-seeds-pole-runner-bear-paw-runner-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-rb2-53200174-9986779.jpg?v=1774065550"},{"product_id":"bok-choy-white-stemmed","title":"Cabbage Seeds - Pak Choi (Bok Choy) White Stemmed","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Stemmed Bok Choy seeds produce a classic bok choy with dark green leaves and crisp white petioles for quick cool-season harvest. White Stemmed Bok Choy performs best when the crop is timed for cool weather, established in fertile, well-drained soil, and kept growing without drought checks. Stir-fry, baby greens, full-size heads, and succession sowing are where this variety earns its place.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout White Stemmed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Stemmed is a biennial selection of bok choy, with a rosette habit and an expected height or spread of 13–18 in. It is best suited to fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Notable traits include white coloring; compact upright rosette; crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite Stemmed is kept under its own packet name and should not be treated as interchangeable with every other bok choy selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrassica rapa includes multiple East Asian and Eurasian crop groups selected for greens, heads, stems, flower shoots, or roots. Common names overlap across languages and catalogs, so this record uses the crop group and observable harvest form rather than treating every Brassica rapa green as the same vegetable. White-stemmed bok choy is a broad horticultural type with deep East Asian cultivation history. This listing identifies the maintained garden strain without reducing that history to one modern origin claim. White-stemmed bok choy is a broad horticultural type with deep East Asian cultivation history. This listing identifies the maintained garden strain without reducing that history to one modern origin claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica rapa L. Chinensis Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40-49 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–18 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting White Stemmed from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring and provide full sun. Space plants 8 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Compact upright rosette. Uses: Fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Best uses include fresh heads or rosettes, cooking, fermenting, succession planting, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: crisp, mild to robust brassica flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type White Stemmed plants that match the expected rosette habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Crop groups within Brassica rapa can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. White Stemmed is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - White Stemmed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is White Stemmed ready? Use 40-49 Days. Approximately 40-49 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 13–18 in with a rosette habit. Space plants 8 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica rapa. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046054150446,"sku":"CB14","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/cabbage-seeds-bok-choy-white-stemmed-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-or1-54150446-8665092.jpg?v=1767989204"},{"product_id":"squash-winter-blue-hubbard","title":"Squash Seeds - Winter - Vining - Blue Hubbard Squash","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description aonsk-phase43-07b\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue Hubbard Winter squash seeds produce blue winter squash, often 10-20 lb, on vining\/climbing plants. It is best suited to large gardens, winter storage, bulk cooking, roasting, soups, and growers who want a dramatic storage squash. rich, sweet, dry flesh that works well for roasting and puree Grow massive blue-gray storage squash with dense golden flesh for winter meals, roasting, and large-batch cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Blue Hubbard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Hubbard is an annual winter squash with blue color, 97–120 in mature height or spread, and a vining\/climbing habit. Harvest form or size: often 10-20 lb. Botanically it is Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Maturity or first bloom: 100-109 Days; germination: 7-10 Days at 75–90 °F. Best for large gardens, winter storage, bulk cooking, roasting, soups, and growers who want a dramatic storage squash. Rich, sweet, dry flesh that works well for roasting and puree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Hubbard belongs to a long-circulated American Hubbard squash tradition. The named type became valued in northern gardens for thick rinds, large fruit, dense flesh, and the ability to store well when fully mature and sound. Botanical record: Cucurbita maxima var. maxima. The broader crop history is kept separate from the documented history of the named variety. Where an exact breeder, introduction date, family story, or cultural attribution cannot be supported by a credible record, repeated claims are not presented as certain. Blue Hubbard squash seeds produce large blue-gray, hard-rinded squash with dense golden-orange flesh. The defining kitchen quality is rich, sweet, dry flesh that works well for roasting and puree. Blue Hubbard squash seeds are warm-season seed. Give runners a planned direction so leaves receive air and fruit can rest on a dry surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eCucurbita maxima Duchesne\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity \/ first bloom\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-109 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-10 Days at 75–90 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97–120 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVining\/Climbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in between plants; 72 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Blue Hubbard from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow to grow Blue Hubbard Winter squash\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBotanical identity: Cucurbita maxima Duchesne. Life cycle: Annual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1 in and use a seed-zone temperature near 75–90 °F. Expected emergence: 7-10 Days. No stratification; direct sow into warm soil or start briefly in biodegradable cells and transplant young\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during Late Spring. Space plants 36 in apart with 72 in between rows or planting bands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide Full sun, moderate water, and loamy near pH 6.0–6.5. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGarden performance and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive Blue Hubbard enough room for its vining\/climbing growth. Direct irrigation to the soil, keep developing fruit on dry mulch or boards where rot is common, and leave seed-saving fruit on the plant beyond the eating stage. Expected emergence is 7-10 Days; the listed maturity or bloom timing is 100-109 Days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest, bloom, and uses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlue Hubbard is best for large gardens, winter storage, bulk cooking, roasting, soups, and growers who want a dramatic storage squash. Harvest form or size: often 10-20 lb. Color at the principal harvest or mature stage: Blue. Rich, sweet, dry flesh that works well for roasting and puree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeed saving for Blue Hubbard Select several healthy, true-to-type plants so the saved lot represents the variety rather than one unusually early or large individual. Squash and gourds are insect-pollinated and cross readily with other varieties of the same species. Confirm the species identified for this crop, then isolate by distance or controlled hand pollination. Mark seed fruit and let it reach full biological maturity; summer squash must become large and hard, winter squash must develop full rind color, and luffa or hard-shell gourds must mature well beyond the edible stage. Cure sound fruit before extraction when the crop benefits from curing. Remove, wash, and dry seed to a hard, storage-ready condition. Maintain several representative plants and record species, population, isolation, fruit selection, curing, cleaning, and test date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch Blue Hubbard for cucumber beetles, squash bugs where applicable, aphids, powdery or downy mildew, bacterial wilt, crown rot, poor pollination, and fruit damage on wet soil. Rotate cucurbit crops, provide airflow, water at the root zone, protect young plants before flowering, and remove covers when blossoms need pollinators. Do not work wet vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhen is Blue Hubbard ready?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100-109 Days from warm direct sowing or equivalent established transplant\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does germination take?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect 7-10 Days near 75–90 °F; actual emergence changes with moisture, seed condition, and soil temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow large does it grow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbout 97–120 in with a vining\/climbing habit. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan it grow in a container?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest in open ground or a large raised bed; mature vines require substantial horizontal or vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is it used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary uses: large gardens, winter storage, bulk cooking, roasting, soups, and growers who want a dramatic storage squash. Rich, sweet, dry flesh that works well for roasting and puree.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I save seed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes where the crop biology allows, but keep compatible varieties isolated, use several healthy plants, wait for full seed maturity, dry thoroughly, and label the lot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ans-channel-seed-count\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum Seed Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e25 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046061424942,"sku":"SQ4","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/squash-seeds-winter-vining-blue-hubbard-squash-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-sq4-61424942-3277622.jpg?v=1767989199"},{"product_id":"kohlrabi-purple-vienna","title":"Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurple Vienna kohlrabi is a classic heirloom variety prized for its smooth purple bulbs, crisp white flesh, and mild, sweet flavor. These Kohlrabi Seeds - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi produce attractive plants that are both productive and eye-catching in the garden, offering tender bulbs that are excellent for fresh eating, slaws, roasting, and light cooking. For gardeners looking for a cool-season crop that combines beauty, crunch, and dependable performance, this variety is a rewarding favorite.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout Purple Vienna Kohlrabi\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePurple Vienna Kohlrabi is a biennial selection of kohlrabi, with an upright\/erect habit and an expected height or spread of 7–12 in. It is best suited to leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Notable traits include purple coloring; harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size; mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen growing Purple Vienna Kohlrabi, judge the whole planting for trueness to type instead of selecting conclusions from one unusually large or early plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHistory and provenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts, collards, kale, and kohlrabi are distinct crop groups within Brassica oleracea. Generations of selection emphasized different plant organs: flower buds, heads, leaves, side buds, or swollen stems. Their shared species identity is especially important in seed-saving isolation. Purple Vienna Kohlrabi is part of the species Brassica oleracea, one of the most historically significant and widely diversified crop species in agriculture. This single species gave rise to an entire group of vegetables-including cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, kale, and Brussels sprouts-through centuries of selective breeding. Its origins trace back to wild coastal plants along the Mediterranean, where early forms were valued for their hardy nature and adaptability. Over time, farmers across Europe began selecting for specific traits, leading to the development of distinct cultivated forms, including kohlrabi. Kohlrabi itself represents a unique direction in this long history of selection. Instead of focusing on leaves, flowers, or roots, growers selected for a swollen stem that develops just above the soil. This transformation is believed to have taken place in Northern and Central Europe, where cooler climates favored crops that could grow quickly and reliably in shorter seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing facts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"aonsk-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScientific name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cem\u003eBrassica oleracea L. Gongylodes Group\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLife cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaturity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-59 Days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGermination\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-10 Days at 50–65 °F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeed depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePlant height \/ spread\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrowth habit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright\/Erect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in between plants; 18 in between rows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSunlight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull sun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSoil\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoamy; pH 6.0–6.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModerate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting Purple Vienna Kohlrabi from seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow 1\/4 in deep and keep the seed zone evenly moist. Expect emergence in 5-10 Days when the seed-zone temperature is near 50–65 °F. Germination preparation: Start in clean seed-starting mix when season length requires it, then transplant at a sturdy but not root-bound stage. Light requirement: Cover evenly to 1\/4 in. Soaking: None required. Stratification: None required. Scarification: None required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanting and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant during spring\/Fall and provide full sun. Space plants 6 in apart with 18 in between rows. Use loamy with a pH near 6.0–6.5, and follow a moderate watering plan. Support requirement: No-Support. Frost response: Semi-Hardy. Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHarvest and use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date. Harvest: Harvest outer leaves repeatedly or lift kohlrabi at the intended stem size. Uses: Leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing. Seed saving: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Best uses include leaves or swollen stems, repeated harvest, cool weather, and seed saving. Flavor and eating quality: mild to robust brassica flavor that improves with careful timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSaving seed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect several healthy, true-to-type Purple Vienna Kohlrabi plants that match the expected upright\/erect habit and overall plant form. Avoid saving seed only from the earliest or largest individual unless that is your deliberate selection goal. Pollination system: Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Crop groups within Brassica oleracea can cross with one another. Separate compatible varieties that may flower together, or use cages, barriers, hand pollination, or another documented control appropriate to the crop. Purple Vienna Kohlrabi is a biennial. Seed production may require overwintering, vernalization, or more than one growing season, depending on climate and crop biology. Clean the seed carefully, dry it thoroughly away from direct heat, label the lot with variety and year, and store it cool, dark, and dry. Test germination before an important planting or distribution season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon concerns: Flea beetles, imported cabbageworm, cabbage loopers, aphids, slugs, root maggots, and clubroot risk where the pathogen is present. Management: Use rotation, insect netting before pests arrive, regular leaf inspection, sanitation, and well-drained soil. Do not plant the same brassica family repeatedly in one bed. Diagnosis note: Similar symptoms can have different causes. Compare plants of the same age, record weather and irrigation, and use local Extension or diagnostic support before applying a control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - Purple Vienna Kohlrabi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen is Purple Vienna Kohlrabi ready? Use 50-59 Days. Approximately 50-59 Days, from direct sowing or transplanting to the listed market harvest stage. Weather, soil temperature, and planting method can shift the actual harvest date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow long does germination take? Expect 5-10 Days at about 50–65 °F. Cooler, hotter, crusted, saturated, or dry seedbeds can slow emergence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow large does it grow? Expect about 7–12 in with an upright\/erect habit. Space plants 6 in apart and rows 18 in apart. Support: No-Support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan it grow in a container? Good container fit with drainage, even moisture, and the listed spacing Use a container with drainage and enough volume to maintain the listed spacing and steady moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I save seed? Insect-pollinated Brassica oleracea. Keep compatible varieties isolated and allow selected plants to reach full seed maturity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Alliance Of Native Seedkeepers","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47046061687086,"sku":"KL1","price":1.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0830\/7428\/5870\/products\/kohlrabi-seeds-purple-vienna-kohlrabi-vegetable-seeds-alliance-of-native-seedkeepers-kl1-61687086-7386637.jpg?v=1767989199"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.allianceofnativeseedkeepers.com\/collections\/survival-storage-garden.oembed?page=5","provider":"Alliance of Native Seedkeepers","version":"1.0","type":"link"}